Quarterlytics / Healthcare / Medical - Devices / SeaSpine

SeaSpine

spne · NASDAQ Healthcare
Claim this profile
Ticker spne
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Healthcare
Industry Medical - Devices
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · SeaSpine
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, DC 20549

FORM 10-K

x

o

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019
or

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF
1934

For the transition period from              to             

COMMISSION FILE NO. 001-36905

SeaSpine Holdings Corporation
(EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)

DELAWARE
(STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF
INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)

5770 Armada Drive, Carlsbad, California
(ADDRESS OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)

47-3251758
(I.R.S. EMPLOYER
IDENTIFICATION NO.)

92008
(ZIP CODE)

REGISTRANT’S TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE: (760) 727-8399

SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OF THE ACT:

Title of Each Class

Trading Symbol(s)

  Name of Exchange on Which Registered

Common Stock, Par Value $.01 Per Share

SPNE

The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC

SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(g) OF THE ACT:

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes   o   No  x 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. Yes  o

 No  x

NONE  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding
12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past
90 days.    Yes  x    No  o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T
(§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).    Yes  x    No  o

1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  is  a  large  accelerated  filer,  an  accelerated  filer,  a  non-accelerated  filer,  smaller  reporting  company,  or  an  emerging  growth
company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer”, “smaller reporting company”, and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange
Act.

Large accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filer

o

o

Accelerated filer

Smaller reporting company

Emerging growth company

x 

x 

x 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial
accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  o    No  x 

As of the last business day of the registrant's most recently completed second fiscal quarter (June 28, 2019), the aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held
by non-affiliates was approximately $208,280,116 based upon the closing sales price of the registrant’s common stock on The Nasdaq Global Select Market on such date. The
number of shares of the registrant’s common stock, $0.01 par value, outstanding as of February 21, 2020 was 27,236,503.

Certain portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement relating to its 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (scheduled for June 3, 2020) are incorporated by reference in
Part III of this report.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:

2

 
 
 
SEASPINE HOLDINGS CORPORATION
INDEX

Table of Contents

PART I

Item 1. Business

Item 1A. Risk Factors

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

Item 2. Properties

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosures

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Item 9B. Other Information

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Item 11. Executive Compensation

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Item 13. Certain Relationships, Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statements Schedules

Item 16. Form 10-K Summary

SIGNATURES

Page
Number

4

15

42

43

44

44

44

45

45

57

57

57

57

58

59

59

59

59

59

60

66

67

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART I

This Annual Report on Form 10-K (this “Form 10-K” or this “report”) contains forward-looking statements, within the meaning of the Private Securities
Litigation Reform Act of 1995, that involve risks and uncertainties. Many of the forward-looking statements are located in Part II, Item 7 of this report under
the  heading  “Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations.”  Forward-looking  statements  provide  current
expectations of future events based on certain assumptions and include any statement that does not directly relate to any historical or current fact. Forward-
looking  statements  can  also  be  identified  by  words  such  as  “future,”  “anticipates,”  “believes,”  “estimates,”  “expects,”  “intends,”  “plans,”  “predicts,”
“will,” “would,” “could,” “can,” “may,” and similar terms. Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and our actual results
may differ significantly from the results discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that might cause such differences include, but are not limited to,
those discussed in Part I, Item 1A of this report under the heading “Risk Factors,” which are incorporated herein by reference. We assume no obligation to
revise or update any forward-looking statements for any reason, except as required by law.

The terms “we,” “us,” “our,” “SeaSpine” or the “Company” refer collectively to SeaSpine Holdings Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, unless
otherwise stated. All information presented in this report is based on our fiscal year. Unless otherwise stated, references to particular years, quarters, months
or periods refer to our fiscal years ending December 31 and the associated quarters, months and periods of those fiscal years.

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

Overview

We are a global medical technology company focused on the design, development and commercialization of surgical solutions for the treatment of
patients suffering from spinal disorders. We have a comprehensive portfolio of orthobiologics and spinal implants solutions to meet the varying combinations
of  products  that  neurosurgeons  and  orthopedic  spine  surgeons  need  to  perform  fusion  procedures  on  the  lumbar,  thoracic  and  cervical  spine.  Our
orthobiologics products consist of a broad range of advanced and traditional bone graft substitutes that are designed to improve bone fusion rates following a
wide range of orthopedic surgeries, including spine, hip, and extremities procedures. Our spinal implants portfolio consists of an extensive line of products to
facilitate spinal fusion in degenerative, minimally invasive surgery (MIS), and complex spinal deformity procedures. Expertise in both orthobiologic sciences
and spinal implants product development allows us to offer surgeon customers a differentiated portfolio and a complete solution to meet their patients' fusion
requirements. We currently market our products in the United States and in approximately 30 countries worldwide.

We were incorporated in Delaware on February 12, 2015 in connection with the spin-off of the orthobiologics and spinal implants business of Integra
LifeSciences Holdings Corporation (Integra), a diversified medical technology company. The spin-off occurred on July 1, 2015. Our corporate offices are at
5770 Armada Drive, Carlsbad, California.

Spine Anatomy

The spine is a column of bone and cartilage that consists of 33 interlocking bones, called vertebrae, which stack upon each other at a slight angle to
form the spine’s S-shaped curve. Except for the bottom nine vertebrae, the vertebrae are separated by thin regions of cartilage known as intervertebral discs,
which act as shock absorbers that facilitate motion and absorb stress during movement. The spine protects the spinal cord and acts as the core of the human
skeleton, extending from the base of the skull to the pelvis. Soft tissues, including ligaments, tendons and muscles, are attached to the vertebrae and provide
stability to the vertebral segment. The spinal cord carries nerves that exit through openings between the vertebrae and deliver sensation and control to the
body. Below is a diagram of the lateral view of the spine:

4

The spine consists of five regions, of which the cervical, thoracic and lumbar are the three primary regions. The cervical region consists of the seven
vertebrae extending from the base of the skull to the shoulders. The thoracic, or central, region consists of the next twelve vertebrae in the middle of the back.
Each vertebra in the thoracic region is connected to two ribs that protect the body’s vital organs. Below the thoracic region, the lumbar region consists of five
vertebrae in the lower back and is the primary load-bearing region of the spine. The thoracic and lumbar regions are commonly called thoracolumbar and
many of the products and procedures to treat these regions are similar. The final two regions of the spine, the sacrum and coccyx, consist of nine naturally
fused vertebrae connected to the hip bones to provide support for the spine.

In spinal fusion procedures, two or more vertebrae are fused to eliminate instability as a result of deformity, degeneration or trauma affecting the
vertebrae and intervertebral discs. During the procedure, spinal implant products are used to decompress, align, and stabilize the spine and the surgeon will
often remove the damaged intervertebral disc and replace it with a bone graft substitute to allow new bone to grow and to fuse the affected vertebrae together.
In addition to the bone graft substitute, the surgeon may replace the removed disc with an interbody device. An interbody device, which may be made out of
machined  bone,  titanium,  or  polyetheretherketone  (PEEK)  is  designed  to  maintain  spine  alignment  and  appropriate  spacing  while  allowing  bone  to  grow
between the vertebrae to achieve bone fusion. Procedures that include the implantation of interbody devices are often referred to by the surgical approach
used to place the interbody device in the disc space. A lateral lumbar interbody fusion uses an approach that accesses the spine from the side of the patient’s
body; a posterior lateral interbody fusion uses a direct posterior approach from the patient’s back; a transforaminal lumbar interbody fusion uses an angled
approach  from  either  the  left  or  right  side  of  the  back;  and  an  anterior  lumbar  interbody  fusion  uses  a  direct  anterior  approach  from  the  patient’s  front
(stomach) area.

Our Competitive Strengths

We  provide  a  broad  portfolio  of  advanced  and  traditional  orthobiologics  and  spinal  implant  solutions  to  assist  our  surgeon  customers  in  treating  patients
suffering  from  spinal  and  other  orthopedic  disorders.  Our  executive  management  team  has  extensive  experience  in  the  spine  and  medical  technology
industries. We believe that our management team, combined with the following competitive strengths, will enable us to continue to grow our revenue and
increase our presence in the markets we serve.

•

•

Our  integrated  orthobiologics  business  designs  and  processes  an  extensive  and  differentiated  offering  of  orthobiologics  products.  We  offer  a
broad  range  of  differentiated  orthobiologics  products  that  better  positions  us  to  meet  the  needs  of  our  surgeon  customers  compared  to  our
competitors  who  focus  primarily  on  spinal  implant  products.  For  example,  our  proprietary  Accell  Bone  Matrix  technology  is  combined  with
traditional  demineralized  bone  matrix  (DBM)  forms  designed  to  provide  both  immediate  and  sustained  availability  of  the  natural  array  of
osteoinductive  bone  proteins.  Similarly,  our  research  and  development  team  developed  our  proprietary  demineralized  fiber  technology  by  testing
various geometries in an effort to optimize the combination of inductivity, conductivity, handling, and expansion properties. We believe that we have
the number two market position in the United States DBM market with an estimated 18% market share.
A range of innovative, PEEK interbody devices that incorporate NanoMetalene, a proprietary titanium surface technology. We currently offer a
wide range of sterile-packaged interbody devices that incorporate our proprietary
NanoMetalene surface technology and we expect to continue to launch additional products incorporating NanoMetalene technology. NanoMetalene
is a proprietary surface technology for interbody implants that incorporates a sub-micron layer of commercially pure titanium molecularly bonded to
a  PEEK  implant  using  a  high-energy,  low-temperature  process  called  atomic  fusion  deposition.  NanoMetalene  is  designed  to  provide  implants  a
bone-friendly titanium surface on endplates and throughout graft apertures, while retaining the benefits associated with traditional PEEK implants,
such as biocompatibility, a modulus of elasticity similar to bone, and excellent radiographic visibility for post-operative imaging.

5

 
We  expanded  the  use  of  NanoMetalene  with  the  launch  of  five  interbody  products  featuring  Reef  Topography™.  Reef  Topography™  describes
machined  macrostructures  and  undercut  features  that  are  designed  to  act  as  an  integrated  fusion  scaffolding  that  enhances  our  NanoMetalene
technology  and  provides  an  innovative  structure  with  increased  surface  area  for  new  bone  to  grow  onto  and  into  the  interbody  device.  We  have
exclusive rights to NanoMetalene and Reef Topography technologies within the spine market.
A  synergistic  channel  strategy  for  orthobiologics  products.  Our  dual  branding  strategy  allows  us  to  market  our  orthobiologics  products  through
independent sales agents who carry competitive spinal implant products. Specifically, we market our orthobiologics under the SeaSpine and Isotis
brands, which allows sales agents who sell spinal implant products competitive with ours to continue to represent our orthobiologics products. We
believe this dual branding strategy allows us to penetrate a greater number of customer accounts than we would otherwise serve if we marketed our
orthobiologics products under a single brand.
Our  own  orthobiologics  design,  development  and  manufacturing  operations.  While  many  of  our  spinal  implant  competitors  source  their
orthobiologics products from tissue banks or original equipment manufacturers to supplement their spinal implant portfolio, we design and develop
the vast majority of our orthobiologics products internally and manufacture them at our facility in Irvine, California. By controlling the design and
manufacturing processes, we should be able to better control the cost of our products and provide operational leverage with volume increases.

•

•

Our Strategy

Our goal is to continue to scale our business in order to enhance our market position in orthobiologics and become a leader in the spinal implant market. To
achieve our goal, we are investing in these strategies:

•

•

•

•

Research and development to bring new products and techniques to market. We have recently increased, and intend to continue to increase, our
annual research and development spending as a percentage of revenue in an effort to drive higher revenue growth through new product sales. We
plan  to  continue  to  invest  resources  and  to  work  with  our  surgeon  customers  to  understand  their  needs  and  develop  new  and  next-generation
orthobiologics and spinal implant products designed to improve clinical outcomes. We employ dedicated orthobiologics engineers and scientists with
expertise in material sciences, and biology and hardware engineers with expertise in product design and development.
Commercial  infrastructure  to  further  penetrate  the  U.S.  orthobiologics  and  spinal  implant  markets  and  increase  our  focus  in  international
markets  where  we  currently  have  a  presence.  We  have  recently  increased,  and  intend  to  continue  to  increase,  the  quality,  size,  exclusivity  and
geographic  breadth  of  our  network  of  independent  sales  agents  in  the  United  States.  To  support  these  efforts,  we  are  investing  more  in,  and  are
developing comprehensive support for, sales agent and surgeon training and education programs. We have a hands-on cadaveric training facility in
Carlsbad,  California  where  we  provide  training  for  surgeons  and  sales  agents.  In  addition,  we  plan  to  increase  our  presence  within  teaching
institutions that provide spinal surgery fellowship programs to educate new surgeons on the use of our products. We believe these combined efforts
will help surgeons become adept with our spinal implant products and techniques, thereby improving outcomes for their patients. Internationally, we
intend to continue to focus our sales and marketing efforts on expanding and strengthening our presence in those markets where we currently have
relationships with stocking distributors and to selectively expand into new markets.
Clinical affairs programs to generate postmarket data. We plan to invest in additional clinical development programs designed to generate peer-
reviewed clinical data that we believe will support the performance of select orthobiologics and spinal implant solutions that may be compared to
competing technologies. We believe that our NanoMetalene and Reef Topography technologies may have advantages over many existing implant
materials and surface options, and that our fibers-based OsteoStrand® and OsteoStrand Plus tissue products are more efficacious and cost effective
than,  higher  cost  cellular  allografts  bone  grafts.  We  have  initiated  studies  to  generate  data  on  the  surface  characteristics  of  titanium  and  the
mechanical properties and radiolucency of PEEK interbody implants, which NanoMetalene technology combines into a single device, and on the
performance of our fibers-based products.
Opportunities  to  enhance  our  product  offering  through  strategic  alliances  and  acquisitions.  We  currently  market  several  products  under
distribution agreements and licenses with third-parties. We intend to continue to pursue alliances and acquisition opportunities that we believe will
provide  us  with  technologies  to  strengthen  our  market  position  and  grow  our  business.  For  example,  in  September  2019,  we  announced  a
development and licensing agreement with restor3D, a privately-held medical device company co-founded by Ken Gall, Professor of Mechanical
Engineering at Duke University, to co-develop 3D-printed titanium implants with enhanced anatomical fit and superior integrative properties, and in
January 2020, we announced a strategic alliance agreement with 7D Surgical, Inc., a privately-held Toronto-based company developing advanced
image guidance technologies and machine-vision-based registration algorithms to improve surgical workflow and patient care, under which we will
seek to offer a customized, best-in-class navigational solution and enabling technology to our hospital and surgeon customers on a non-exclusive
basis.

6

Our Products

We offer a portfolio of orthobiologics and spinal implant products for the treatment of patients suffering from spinal and other orthopedic disorders.
Information regarding the amount and percentage of total revenue contributed by our orthobiologics and spinal implant products for each of the last two fiscal
years may be found in Part II, Item 7 of this report under the sections entitled “Year Ended December 31, 2019 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2018
—Revenue” and in Part II, Item 8 of this report in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Note 10, “Segment and Geographic Information.”

Orthobiologics

Our orthobiologics products are used in orthopedic and dental procedures and consist of a broad range of bone graft substitutes intended to address

the key elements of bone regeneration.

Bone graft substitutes composed of natural biologic proteins and synthetic materials are designed to reduce the amount of autologous bone grafts
needed for spinal fusion procedures. Bone graft substitutes, depending on their design, can be used entirely in place of the patient’s own bone tissue, called an
autograft, or by extending the volume of bone graft material from the patient by combining it with the bone graft substitute.

Our  orthobiologics  portfolio  includes  fibers-based  and  particulate  DBM,  collagen  ceramic  matrices,  demineralized  cancellous  allograft  bone  and
synthetic bone void fillers. We offer our orthobiologics products in the form of fibers, putties, pastes, strips and DBM in a resorbable mesh for a range of
surgical applications.

Demineralized Bone Matrix and Accell Technology

DBM formulations are designed to provide proteins and other growth factors at varying stages of the bone healing process. Developed in the early
1990s, our first-generation DBM formulations combined particulate-demineralized bone matrix with an inert carrier engineered for easy graft handling and
graft  containment.  The  carrier  is  a  biocompatible  synthetic  polymer  with  an  advantageous  property  that  allows  the  product  to  remain  moldable  at  room
temperature, but becomes more viscous at body temperature once implanted, which we call reverse-phase. Subsequently, we developed a proprietary process
to transform particulate-based DBM into a dispersed form to enhance the performance of the graft material. The result of this process was a DBM product we
call Accell Bone Matrix. Accell Bone Matrix is an open structured, dispersed form of DBM, which increases the bioavailability of bone proteins at an earlier
time in the healing cascade. Standard particulate DBM is dense and therefore the bone proteins release more slowly and in a sustained manner over time. The
properties of Accell Bone Matrix and DBM are both desirable, which is why our advanced DBM products include both components to harness both the early
and  sustained  release  of  bone  proteins.  Our  Accell  Evo3  and  OsteoSurge  300  DBM  products  provide  an  optimized  formulation  of  Accell  Bone  Matrix,
particulate-based  DBM,  and  our  reverse-phase  carrier.  These  products  have  a  handling  property  for  bone  grafting  procedures  and  contain  three  times  the
amount of the Accell Bone Matrix compared to earlier products. We believe that providing both the early-stage and late-stage accessibility of osteoinductive
bone  proteins  provided  by  a  composite  of  Accell  Bone  Matrix  and  the  particulate-based  demineralized  matrix  differentiates  our  product  compared  to
competitive DBM products.

Our OsteoStrand® and Strand® Demineralized Bone Fibers product lines as well as our OsteoStrand Plus and Strand Plus product lines, which incorporate
our proprietary Accell Bone Matrix, provide 100% demineralized bone fibers designed to facilitate and aid in fusion by maximizing osteoinductive content
while providing an improved conductive matrix. The fibers were developed through a process that evaluated a variety of fiber geometries to optimize
osteoinductivity and osteoconductivity, intraoperative handling and controlled expansion in order to facilitate surgical placement, to maintain surgical position
and to allow the fibers to better fill the surgical defect with the overriding goal to improve fusion potential.

Our OsteoBallast® and Ballast® Demineralized Bone Matrix in Resorbable Mesh product lines are designed to facilitate and aid in fusion. These

products, which consist of a resorbable mesh containing 100% DBM without a carrier, are designed to simplify graft placement and help prevent graft
migration while maximizing DBM content. OsteoBallast® is designed to provide surgeons with a simple means for delivering bone graft in posterior spine
surgery that contours to the local anatomy while maintaining shape and volume under compression. The simplified technique is intended to be particularly
valuable in MIS procedures, where placing the graft accurately through tubes and small incisions can be challenging.

7

We believe that our recently launched and existing product offerings deliver clinical value as payors and hospitals seek more cost effective orthobiologic
solutions.

Collagen Ceramic Matrix Technologies

Our  collagen  ceramic  matrix  technology  leverages  a  history  of  regenerative  technology  and  collagen  engineering.  Our  leading  products  in  this
category are currently marketed as IsoTis Mozaik and OsteoStrux and are engineered to provide a porous scaffold architecture and osteoconductivity. These
products also support osteogenesis, as they are indicated for use with bone marrow aspirate, which contains osteogenic cells. These products are composed of
highly  purified  beta-tricalcium  phosphate  granules,  which  provide  mineral  content  to  foster  bone  formation  during  the  healing  process  in  a  framework  of
type-1 collagen that provides a scaffold for bone cell migration. These products are engineered with a resorption profile consistent with the rate of natural
bone formation.

Other Bone Graft Substitutes

Our other bone graft substitute products consist of allograft cancellous bone scaffolds and synthetic bone void fillers.

Spinal Implants

Our  spinal  implant  portfolio  consists  of  an  extensive  line  of  products  for  spinal  decompression,  alignment,  and  stabilization.  Such  products  are
typically used to facilitate fusion in degenerative, minimally invasive, and complex spinal deformity procedures throughout the lumbar, thoracic and cervical
regions of the spine. Our products are increasingly focused on restoring adequate spinal balance and profile in the sagittal (front to back) plane, which we
believe is widely recognized as an important factor to improve the quality of life in patients undergoing surgery for spinal degeneration or deformity.

Degenerative

Our degenerative products include systems used in open and MIS procedures. Open procedures are still the most common surgical approach and
involve a midline incision followed by retraction of the skin and soft tissues. We offer an extensive portfolio of degenerative products designed for use in both
thoracolumbar and cervical spine cases.

Our innovative line of composite PEEK interbody devices featuring NanoMetalene surface technology and various footprint and lordotic options, is designed
to maintain spine alignment and appropriate spacing while allowing bone to grow between the vertebrae to achieve bone fusion. Our Hollywood, Hollywood
VI,  and  Ventura  NanoMetalene  interbody  devices  for  transforaminal  lumbar  interbody  fusion  procedures  can  be  used  to  fuse  the  lumbar  spine  through  a
posterior approach that starts off to one side of the patient’s back. Our Vu a·POD™ Prime NanoMetalene® interbody device for anterior lumbar interbody
fusion procedures can be used to fuse the spine through an anterior approach. Our Regatta NanoMetalene Lateral System is a comprehensive lateral lumbar
interbody system that can be used to fuse the spine through a lateral approach. Our Cambria NanoMetalene interbody device can be used to fuse the cervical
spine through an anterior approach. Our Shoreline® Anterior Cervical Standalone System, featuring the NanoMetalene with Reef Topography technologies,
is a modular plate and interbody device designed to maximize intraoperative flexibility to address a wide range of anatomy, surgical situations or bone in
anterior  cervical  fusions.  In  2020,  we  plan  to  alpha  launch  additional  NanoMetalene  with  Reef  Topography  interbody  devices  for  transforaminal  lumbar
interbody fusion, posterior lumbar interbody fusion and anterior lumbar interbody fusion procedures. In addition to the novel 3D-printed titanium interbody
devices  we  expect  to  alpha  launch  in  2020,  we  plan  on  a  limited  launch  of  our  Explorer  TO™  expandable  interbody  device  system  with  complementary
lordotic and parallel expanding implant options.

We offer a comprehensive portfolio of spinal fixation products for the cervical, thoracic and lumbar regions of the spine, consisting of rods, screws,
plates and instrumentation to facilitate spinal decompression and fusion. Our Mariner Posterior Fixation System is a pedicle screw system for open and MIS
procedures featuring modular threaded technology and accompanying instrumentation designed to reduce the number of trays needed for surgery and that
provides surgeons with multiple intra-operative options to facilitate posterior lumbar fixation. We also offer a variety of screw and plating systems, such as
our Cabo™ ACP Anterior Cervical Plating System, that combine large graft viewing windows and a visual confirmation locking system for cervical fixation.

Minimally Invasive Surgery

8

    
MIS procedures are less invasive than traditional open surgery procedures, and may result in reduced post-operative pain, faster rates of healing and
fewer  procedure  complications  by  minimizing  incision  size  and  tissue  dissection.  Our  surgeon  customers  utilize  our  iPassage™  MIS  Retractors  and
NewPort™ Tube Retractors to perform MIS fusions and decompression procedures, a surgical technique used to alleviate pain caused from compression on
the spinal cord or the nerves that emanate from it. During the procedure, the surgeon makes a small incision and inserts the retractor through the skin and soft
tissues down to the spinal column, creating a tunnel to the spine. The retractor is kept in place to hold the muscles open throughout the procedure. Through
this tunnel, the surgeon accesses the spine using small instruments and inserts implants necessary for fusion, such as the screws and rods of our Mariner MIS
Posterior Fixation System and NewPort MIS solutions. Launched in 2019, the Mariner MIS Posterior Fixation System features low-profile, robust towers for
rod introduction and reduction as well as ultra-tough modular extended tab heads, capable of providing powerful instrumented compression and distraction of
the spine. Our NewPort MIS product has extended tabs for a small incision profile and offers two rod delivery options for both mini-open and percutaneous
approaches. Our MIS portfolio also includes a comprehensive set of decompression instruments, static and expandable interbody devices, and screw systems
designed to facilitate access to the treatment area while minimizing anatomical disruption.

Complex Spinal Deformity

Our  spinal  implant  products  are  used  in  complex  spinal  deformity  procedures  involving  multiple  spine  segments,  challenging  anatomy,  tumors,
traumatic injury and revision of previous fusion surgeries. We define deformity as any variation in the natural curvature of the spine, the most common of
which  is  scoliosis,  an  abnormal  lateral  curvature  of  the  spine.  We  offer  several  technologies  designed  to  address  the  needs  of  our  surgeon  customers  who
perform  complex  deformity  procedures  and  the  various  derotation  techniques  they  use  to  correct  spine  curvature.  For  example,  our  Daytona®  Deformity
System uses extended tab uniplanar and polyaxial screws with multiple rod options and intuitive instrumentation to create a versatile system adaptable to
surgeon preference. Our Daytona Small Stature System, which has an adolescent idiopathic scoliosis indication, is designed to address standard to complex
deformity cases in smaller-sized patients who need a lower profile construct due to anatomy constraints. We provide our systems in multiple configurations
and  materials  to  address  patient  requirements,  including  titanium  alloy  and  cobalt  chrome  alloy  rod  options,  as  well  as  multiple  rod  diameters.  Offering
products  with  varying  rod  diameter  and  materials  provides  the  surgeon  different  rod  stiffness  to  treat  individual  patients.  We  offer  both  implant-  and
instrument-based reduction capabilities with our extended tab and locking cap products, as well as our uniplanar and D-planar screws and rapid sequential
reduction  towers.  Initially  released  in  2019  with  full  commercial  launch  in  2020,  the  Mariner  Outrigger  Revision  System  is  an  adjunct  to  the  Mariner
Posterior  Fixation  System  designed  to  effectively  revise  and  extend  previous  fusions.  Our  complex  spinal  implant  portfolio  allows  surgeons  to  combine
various  product  lines  and  approaches,  offering  several  treatment  options  for  the  most  difficult  cases.  In  2020,  we  plan  to  continue  to  extend  the  Mariner
modular platform to address complex spine adult deformity pathologies.

Product Pipeline

We plan to continue to build and update our product and technology portfolio and expect to continue to launch a similar number of products and
product line extensions as we have in recent years. We believe that our future success and ability to continue to drive revenue growth depends on our ability to
sustain this cadence of new and next-generation product launches and innovation.

Research and Development

We  have  a  research  and  development  organization  dedicated  to  advancing  our  portfolio  of  orthobiologics  and  spinal  implant  products  through
product development and clinical affairs programs. Our product development efforts employ an integrated team approach that involves collaboration between
surgeons, our engineers, our machinists, as well as our regulatory personnel.

Our spinal implants product development team, in consultation with designing surgeons, formulates a design for the product and then our machinists build
prototypes for testing in our prototyping development and testing operation at our Carlsbad, California facility. We use a broad scope of technologies designed
to  allow  us  to  meet  the  complex  engineering  requirements  of  customers.  As  part  of  the  development  process,  spine  surgeons  test  the  implantation  of  the
products in our in-house cadaveric laboratory, which helps us design new products intended to meet the needs of both surgeon and patient. Our team refines
or  redesigns  the  prototype  as  necessary  based  on  the  results  of  the  product  testing,  allowing  us  to  perform  rapid  iterations  of  the  design-prototype-test
development cycle. Our clinical and regulatory personnel work in parallel with our product engineering personnel to facilitate regulatory clearances of our
orthobiologics and spinal implant products. We believe that these product development efforts allow us to provide solutions that respond to the needs of our
surgeon customers and their patients.

9

    
We plan to develop line extensions for our innovative orthobiologics technologies that will continue to reduce the amount of autologous bone graft
needed for spinal fusion procedures. Our orthobiologics research and development team has experience in biomaterial sciences and bringing next generation
technologies to market.

We are also committed to developing new spinal implant products that leverage the NanoMetalene with Reef Topography, 3D-printed titanium and
expandable interbody platforms technology and provide next generation solutions for our existing products or extend the range of solutions that we provide.
We aim to further build upon our foundation of static and expandable interbodies through hyperlordotic and alternative approach options within the interbody
space. We are also committed to providing products, such as additional hyperlordotic cage options and additional expandable technology solutions, to achieve
appropriate curvature of the spine and that can improve sagittal balance, correcting the patient’s spinal alignment. We also plan to continue to develop next
generation technologies that meet global demand, particularly with respect to cost and delivery methods in a manner which supports a scalable commercial
model.

Sales and Distribution

We currently market and sell our products in the United States and in approximately 30 countries worldwide. Our United States sales organization
consists of regional and territory business managers who oversee a broad network of independent orthobiologics and spinal implant sales agents that receive
commissions  from  us  based  on  sales  they  generate.  Our  international  sales  organization  consists  of  a  sales  management  team  that  oversees  a  network  of
independent orthobiologics and spinal implant stocking distributors that purchase our products directly from us and independently sell them. During 2019, our
domestic and international revenues accounted for 89% and 11%, respectively, of total revenue. Information regarding financial data by geographic segment
is set forth in Part II, Item 8 of this report in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Note 10, “Segment and Geographic Information.”

In the United States, we typically consign our orthobiologics products and consign or loan our spinal implant sets to hospitals and independent sales
agents, who in turn deliver them to the hospital for a single surgical procedure or leave them with hospitals that are high volume users for use in multiple
procedures. Our spinal implant sets typically contain the instruments, including disposables, and spinal implants required to complete a surgery.

In international markets, we predominantly sell complete instrument and implant sets to independent stocking distributors, who consign or loan these
sets  to  surgeons.  We  maintain  sales  and  marketing  personnel  in  France  to  manage  and  support  our  stocking  distributors  in  Europe  and  use  third-party
distribution facilities in Belgium and the Netherlands to support European distribution efforts.

We have recently increased, and intend to continue to increase, the quality, size, exclusivity and geographic breadth of our network of independent
sales  agents  in  the  United  States.  During  2018  and  2019,  we  gained  representation  in  parts  of  the  country  where  we  had  no  representation  or  were
significantly underrepresented. We anticipate adding additional independent sales agents in the United States in 2020. With certain of the new sales agents
that we bring on board in territories with a high potential for growth, we focus on entering into relationships in which they carry our spinal implants and/or
DBM products exclusively, except with respect to clinical markets that our products do not address. We believe these more exclusive relationships will allow
us  to  grow  faster  and  more  cost  effectively  in  these  territories  over  the  long  term.  We  also  plan  to  continue  to  invest  in  additional  instrument  sets  and
marketing and education efforts to support the expansion of our independent sales agent footprint.

To support our expansion efforts in the United States, we have invested more in, and developed comprehensive support for, sales agent and surgeon training
and education programs. To this end, we have leveraged the capacity of our hands-on cadaveric training laboratory at our Carlsbad, California facility and
constructed a hands-on cadaveric training laboratory in our Wayne, Pennsylvania facility to increase the number of training opportunities for surgeons and
sales  agents.  We  believe  training  and  education  will  help  surgeons  become  adept  with  our  spinal  implant  products  and  techniques,  thereby  improving
outcomes for their patients.

We believe the expansion of our U.S. sales efforts will provide us with the opportunity to sustain revenue growth as we continue to penetrate existing and new
markets.

Internationally,  we  intend  to  continue  to  focus  our  sales  and  marketing  efforts  on  expanding  and  strengthening  our  presence  in  those  markets  where  we
currently have relationships with stocking distributors and to selectively expand into new markets.

Suppliers and Raw Materials

10

In general, raw materials essential to our businesses are readily available from multiple sources. For reasons of quality assurance, availability or cost
effectiveness, certain components and raw materials are available only from one supplier. Our relationships with suppliers that cannot be replaced without a
material expense or delay are governed by written contracts, which are generally supply agreements. These agreements set forth the process by which we
order  components  or  raw  materials,  as  applicable,  from  such  suppliers  (which  process  is  either  on  a  purchase  order  basis  or  based  on  quarterly  or  annual
forecasts  and  in  some  cases  require  us  to  purchase  minimum  amounts)  and  the  related  fees  for  purchasing  such  components  or  raw  materials.  These
agreements have terms from one to five years, but in most instances are terminable by us (and in limited instances the other party) for convenience, subject to
a specified notice period, and are also terminable upon agreement by the parties, by either party upon material breach by the other and by either party if the
other  party  enters  bankruptcy.  These  agreements  also  outline  the  rights  of  each  party  with  respect  to  quality  assurance,  inspection  and  compliance  with
applicable law and contain what we believe to be customary indemnification provisions for commercial agreements. Each of these agreements is entered into
in the ordinary course of our business, and except for our supply agreement with PcoMed, LLC ("PcoMed"), is immaterial in amount and significance and not
a contract upon which our business is substantially dependent. In addition, we endeavor to maintain sufficient inventory of components and raw materials so
that our production will not be significantly disrupted even if a particular component or material is not available for a period of time.

Most  of  our  biomaterial  products  contain  material  derived  from  human  or  bovine  tissue.  We  only  source  our  raw  materials  from  tissue  banks
registered  with  the  U.S.  Food  and  Drug  Administration  (FDA)  and  accredited  by  the  American  Association  of  Tissue  Banks  (AATB).  The  donors  are
screened,  tested  and  processed  by  the  tissue  banks  in  accordance  with  FDA  and  AATB  requirements.  Additionally,  each  donor  must  pass  FDA-specified
bacterial and viral testing before raw material is distributed to us for further processing. We receive with each donor lot a certification of the safety of the raw
material  from  the  tissue  bank’s  medical  director.  As  an  added  safety  assurance,  each  lot  of  bone  is  released  into  the  manufacturing  process  only  after  our
quality assurance microbiologists screen the incoming bone and serology test records. During our manufacturing process, the bone particles are subjected to
our proprietary process and terminally sterilized. This process is designed to support the safety and effectiveness of our DBM products.

The collagen used in our collagen ceramic matrix products is derived only from the deep flexor tendon of cattle less than 24 months old from the
United States or New Zealand. The World Health Organization classifies different types of cattle tissue for relative risk of bovine spongiform encephalopathy
(BSE)  transmission.  Deep  flexor  tendon  is  in  the  lowest-risk  category  for  BSE  transmission  (the  same  category  as  milk,  for  example)  and  is  therefore
considered to have a negligible risk of containing the agent that causes BSE (an improperly folded protein known as a prion).

Intellectual Property

We seek patent and trademark protection for our key technology, products and product improvements, both in the United States and in select foreign
countries. When we determine appropriate, we plan to continue to enforce and defend our patent and trademark rights. In general, however, we do not rely
solely on our patent and trademark estate to provide us with any significant competitive advantages as it relates to our existing product lines.

We also rely upon trade secrets and continuing technological innovations to develop and maintain our competitive position. In an effort to protect our
proprietary  information,  we  typically  require  our  employees,  consultants  and  advisors  to  execute  agreements  that  provide  that  confidential  information
developed or provided to the individual by us or on our behalf during their relationship with us must be kept confidential, except in specified circumstances.

IsoTis OrthoBiologics, Inc., one of our subsidiaries, owns a group of patents related to the reverse-phase carrier and Accell process and materials.

This patent group protects the Accell family of DBM products. The patents in this group expire over time through 2023.

We  licensed  three  U.S.  patents  related  to  certain  of  our  pedicle  screw  systems  from  Dr.  Thomas  T.  Haider.  The  license  agreement,  as  amended,
expired  when  the  last-to-expire  licensed  patent  expired  in  December  2016.  Sales  of  the  products  covered  under  this  license  agreement  represented
approximately 5% of our total revenue in 2019.

Our  material  registered  and  unregistered  trademarks  include:  Accell®,  Evo3®,  Accell  Evo3®,  Accell  Evo3®C,  DynaGraft®  II  ,  IsoTis®,  IsoTis
OrthoBiologics®,  OrthoBlast®  II  ,  Atoll™,  Capistrano™,  Coral®,  Daytona®,  Hollywood™,  Malibu™,  NanoMetalene®,  NewPort™,  Vu  aPOD™,  Vu
aPOD™  Prime,  OsteoSurge®  100  (or  300),  SeaSpine®,  Sierra™,  Sonoma™,  Shoreline®,  Mariner®,  TruProfile®,  Ballast®,  OsteoBallast®,  Strand®,
OsteoStrand®, SkipJack®, SkipJack Expandable Interbody®, and RAPID® and Regatta®.

11

Competition

The  global  orthobiologics  and  spine  markets  are  highly  competitive.  We  face  significant  competition  in  both  markets  from  the  spine  divisions  of
large multinational medical device companies, established companies focused solely or primarily on spine, as well as smaller, emerging players focused on
product innovation. These competitors are focused on bringing new technologies to market and acquiring technologies and technology licenses that directly
compete with our products or have potential product advantages that could render our products obsolete or noncompetitive.

Our primary competitors in the combined orthobiologics and spinal implant markets include Medtronic, DePuy Synthes Spine (a Johnson & Johnson
company), NuVasive, Stryker, Globus Medical, Zimmer-Biomet, Orthofix, RTI Surgical, AlphaTec Spine, XTANT Medical, Baxter, Bioventus, Cerapedics
and several smaller, biologically-focused companies.

We anticipate that our currently marketed products and any future marketed products will be subject to intense competition. Many of our competitors
have significantly greater financial, manufacturing and marketing resources than we do, which could make scaling our business challenging. In addition, these
competitors  have  more  tenured  relationships  with  parties  in  distribution  channels  and  we  anticipate  they  will  continue  to  dedicate  significant  resources  to
marketing and distributing their products and to developing and commercializing competing products. Our ability to compete will depend on our ability to
launch innovative new products that demonstrate superior clinical outcomes.

Regulation

We are a manufacturer and marketer of medical devices and a tissue bank, and therefore are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA, other federal
governmental  agencies  and,  in  some  jurisdictions,  by  state  and  foreign  governmental  agencies.  The  regulations  to  which  we  are  subject  govern  the
introduction of new medical devices, the observance of certain standards with respect to the design, manufacture, testing, labeling, promotion and sales of
devices, record maintenance, the ability to track devices, potential and actual product defect reporting, import and export of devices, and other matters.

The regulatory process of obtaining product approvals and clearances can be onerous and costly. The FDA requires, as a condition to marketing a

medical device in the United States, and as applicable based on product type and classification,
that we secure a Premarket Notification clearance pursuant to Section 510(k) of the United States Federal Food, Drug, and
Cosmetic Act (FDCA) or an approved premarket approval (PMA) application (or PMA supplement). Obtaining these approvals and clearances can take up to
several years and may involve preclinical studies and clinical trials. The FDA may also require a post-approval clinical trial as a condition of approval.

To perform clinical trials for significant risk devices in the United States on an unapproved product, we are required to obtain an Investigational
Device  Exemption  from  the  FDA.  The  FDA  may  also  require  a  filing  for  FDA  approval  prior  to  marketing  products  that  are  modifications  of  existing
products or new indications for existing products. Moreover, after clearance/approval is given, if the product is shown to be hazardous or defective, the FDA
and foreign regulatory agencies have the power to withdraw the clearance or require us to change the device, its manufacturing process or its labeling, to
supply additional proof of its safety and effectiveness or to recall, repair, replace or refund the cost of the medical device.

The  FDA  Safety  and  Innovation  Act  of  2012  (FDASIA),  which  includes  the  Medical  Device  User  Fee  Amendments  of  2012,  as  well  as  other
medical device provisions, went into effect October 1, 2012. This includes performance goals and user fees paid to the FDA by medical device companies
when they register and list with the FDA and when they apply to market a device in the United States. The FDASIA also imposes additional requirements
regarding  FDA  Establishment  Registration  and  Listing  of  Medical  Devices.  All  U.S.  and  foreign  manufacturers  must  have  an  FDA  Establishment
Registration and complete Medical Device listings for sales in the United States.

We manufacture medical devices derived from human tissue (demineralized bone tissue). The FDA has specific regulations governing human cells,
tissues,  and  cellular  and  tissue-based  products  (HCT/Ps).  An  HCT/P  is  a  product  containing,  or  consisting  of,  human  cells  or  tissue  intended  for
transplantation  into  a  human  patient.  Examples  include  bone,  ligament,  skin  and  cornea.  Some  HCT/Ps  fall  within  the  definition  of  a  biological  product,
medical device or drug regulated under the FDCA. These biologic, device or drug HCT/Ps must comply both with the requirements exclusively applicable to
HCT/Ps and, in addition, with requirements applicable to biologics, devices or drugs, including premarket clearance or approval from the FDA.

Section  361  of  the  Public  Health  Service  Act  authorizes  the  FDA  to  issue  regulations  to  prevent  the  introduction,  transmission  or  spread  of
communicable  disease.  HCT/Ps  regulated  as  361  HCT/Ps  are  subject  to  requirements  relating  to  registering  facilities  and  listing  products  with  the  FDA,
screening and testing for tissue donor eligibility, Good Tissue Practice when processing,

12

storing, labeling, and distributing HCT/Ps, including required labeling information, stringent record keeping, and adverse event reporting.

The AATB has issued operating standards for tissue banking. Accreditation is voluntary, but compliance with these standards is a requirement to
become an AATB-accredited tissue establishment. In addition, some states have their own tissue banking regulations. We are licensed or have permits for
tissue banking in California, Florida, New York, Maryland, and other states that require specific licensing or registration.

National Organ Transplant Act.  Procurement  of  certain  human  organs  and  tissue  for  transplantation  is  subject  to  the  restrictions  of  the  National
Organ Transplant Act (NOTA), which prohibits the transfer of certain human organs, including skin and related tissue for valuable consideration, but permits
the reasonable payment associated with the removal, transportation, implantation, processing, preservation, quality control and storage of human tissue and
skin. We reimburse tissue banks for their expenses associated with the recovery, storage and transportation of donated human tissue they provide to us for
processing.  We  include  in  our  pricing  structure  amounts  paid  to  tissue  banks  to  reimburse  them  for  their  expenses  associated  with  the  recovery  and
transportation  of  the  tissue,  in  addition  to  certain  costs  associated  with  processing,  preservation,  quality  control  and  storage  of  the  tissue,  marketing  and
medical education expenses, and costs associated with development of tissue processing technologies. NOTA payment allowances may be interpreted to limit
the amount of costs and expenses that we may recover in our pricing for our products, thereby reducing our future revenue and profitability.

Postmarket  Requirements.  After  a  device  is  cleared  or  approved  for  commercial  distribution,  numerous  regulatory  requirements  apply.  These
include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  the  FDA’s  Quality  System  Regulations  which  cover  the  procedures  and  documentation  of  the  design,  testing,  production
processes,  controls,  quality  assurance,  labeling,  packaging,  storage  and  shipping  of  medical  devices;  the  FDA’s  general  prohibition  against  promoting
products for off-label uses; the Federal Medical Device Reporting regulation, which requires that manufacturers provide information to the FDA whenever
there is evidence that reasonably suggests that a device may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or that a malfunction occurred which
would be likely to cause or contribute to a death or serious injury upon recurrence; and the Reports of Corrections and Removals regulation, which requires
manufacturers to report recalls and field corrective actions to the FDA if initiated to reduce a risk to health posed by the device or to remedy a violation of the
FDCA.

We are also required to register with the FDA as a medical device manufacturer. As such, our manufacturing sites are subject to periodic inspection
by  the  FDA  for  compliance  with  the  FDA’s  Quality  System  Regulations.  These  regulations  require  that  we  manufacture  our  products  and  maintain  our
documents in a prescribed manner with respect to design, manufacturing, testing and control activities. Further, we are required to comply with various FDA
requirements and other legal requirements for labeling and promotion. If the FDA believes that a company is not in compliance with applicable regulations, it
may issue a warning letter, institute proceedings to detain or seize products, issue a recall order, impose operating restrictions, enjoin future violations and
assess civil penalties against that company, its officers or its employees and may recommend criminal prosecution to the U.S. Department of Justice (DOJ).
Similar requirements to those outlined above also apply to tissue products.

Medical device regulations also are in effect in many of the countries in which we do business outside the United States. These laws range from
comprehensive medical device approval and quality system requirements for some or all of our medical device products to simpler requests for product data
or certifications. The number and scope of these requirements are increasing. Under the European Medical Devices Directive, medical devices must meet the
Medical Devices Directive requirements and receive CE Mark Certification prior to marketing in the EU. CE Mark Certification requires a comprehensive
quality system program, comprehensive technical documentation and data on the product, which are then reviewed by a Notified Body for most products. A
Notified Body is an organization designated by the national governments of the EU member states to make independent judgments about whether a product
complies with the requirements established by each CE marking directive. ISO 13485 is a recognized international quality standard designed to ensure that we
develop  and  manufacture  quality  medical  devices.  Other  countries  are  also  instituting  regulations  regarding  medical  devices.  Compliance  with  these
regulations  requires  extensive  documentation  and  clinical  reports  for  all  of  our  products,  revisions  to  labeling,  and  other  requirements  such  as  facility
inspections  to  comply  with  the  registration  requirements.  A  recognized  Notified  Body  audits  our  facilities  annually  to  verify  our  compliance  with  these
standards.

In the EU, our products that contain human-derived tissue, including demineralized bone material, are not medical devices as defined in the Medical
Device  Regulation  (MDR)  EU  2017/745  replacing  prior  directives  Medical  Devices  Directive  (93/42/EC)  and  2001/83/EC  respectively.  They  are  also  not
medicinal products as defined in Directive 2001/83/EC. Today, regulations, if applicable, are different from one EU member state to the next. Because of the
absence  of  a  harmonized  regulatory  framework  and  the  proposed  regulation  for  advanced  therapy  medicinal  products  in  the  EU,  the  approval  process  for
human-derived cell or tissue-based medical products may be extensive, lengthy, expensive, and unpredictable.

13

Certain countries, as well as the EU, have issued regulations that govern products that contain materials derived from animal sources. Regulatory
authorities are particularly concerned with materials infected with the agent that causes BSE. These regulations affect our biomaterial products for the spine,
which contain material derived from bovine tissue. Although we take steps designed to provide that our products are safe and free of agents that can cause
disease,  products  that  contain  materials  derived  from  animals,  including  our  products,  may  become  subject  to  additional  regulation,  or  even  be  banned  in
certain countries, because of concern over the potential for prion transmission. Significant new regulations, a ban of our products, or a movement away from
bovine-derived products because of an outbreak of BSE could have a material and adverse effect on our business or our ability to expand our business. See
“Risk Factors-Risks Relating to Our Regulatory Environment-Certain of our products contain materials derived from animal sources and may become subject
to additional regulation.”

We are subject to laws and regulations pertaining to healthcare fraud and abuse, including anti-kickback laws and physician self-referral laws that
regulate how companies in the health care industry may market their products to hospitals and health care professionals and may compete by discounting the
prices of their products. The delivery of our products is subject to regulation regarding reimbursement, and federal healthcare laws apply when a customer
submits a claim for a product that is reimbursed under a federally funded healthcare program. These rules require that we exercise care in structuring our sales
and  marketing  practices  and  customer  discount  arrangements.  See  “Risk  Factors-Risks  Relating  to  Our  Regulatory  Environment-Oversight  of  the  medical
device industry might affect the way may sell medical devices and compete in the marketplace.”

Our  international  operations  subject  us  to  laws  regarding  sanctioned  countries,  entities  and  persons,  customs,  import-export,  laws  regarding
transactions in foreign countries, the FCPA and local anti-bribery and other laws regarding interactions with healthcare professionals. Among other things,
these laws restrict, and in some cases prohibit, United States companies from directly or indirectly selling goods, technology or services to people or entities
in certain countries. In addition, these laws require that we exercise care in structuring our sales and marketing practices in foreign countries.

Our  research,  development  and  manufacturing  processes  involve  the  controlled  use  of  certain  hazardous  materials.  We  are  subject  to  country-
specific,  federal,  state  and  local  laws  and  regulations  governing  the  use,  manufacture,  storage,  handling  and  disposal  of  these  materials  and  certain  waste
products. We believe that our environmental, health and safety (EHS) procedures for handling and disposing of these materials comply with the standards
prescribed by the controlling laws and regulations. However, risk of accidental releases or injury from these materials is possible. These risks are managed to
minimize or eliminate associated business impacts. In the event of this type of accident, we could be held liable for damages that may result, and any liability
could exceed our resources. We could be subject to a regulatory shutdown of a facility that could prevent the distribution and sale of products manufactured
there for a significant period of time and we could suffer a casualty loss that could require a shutdown of the facility in order to repair it, any of which could
have a material and adverse effect on our business. Although we continuously strive to maintain full compliance with respect to all applicable global EHS
laws  and  regulations,  we  could  incur  substantial  costs  to  fully  comply  with  future  laws  and  regulations,  and  our  operations,  business  or  assets  may  be
impacted.

In addition to the above regulations, we are and may be subject to regulation under country-specific federal and state laws, including, but not limited
to, requirements regarding record keeping, and the maintenance of personal information, including personal health information. We also are subject to other
present, and could be subject to possible future, local, state, federal and foreign regulations.

Reimbursement Overview

Healthcare providers that purchase medical devices generally rely on third-party payors, including the Medicare and Medicaid programs, and private
payors, such as indemnity insurers, employer group health insurance programs and managed care plans, to reimburse all or part of the cost of the device. As a
result, demand for our products is and will continue to depend in part on the coverage and reimbursement policies of these third-party and private payors. The
manner in which reimbursement is sought and obtained varies based upon the type of payor involved and the setting in which the device is furnished and
utilized. Reimbursement from Medicare, Medicaid and other third-party payors may be subject to periodic adjustments as a result of legislative, regulatory
and policy changes and budgetary pressures. Possible reductions in, or eliminations of, coverage or reimbursement by third-party and private payors, or denial
of, or provision of uneconomical reimbursement for new products, as a result of these changes may affect our customers’ ability to purchase our products.
Any  changes  in  the  healthcare  regulatory,  payment  or  enforcement  landscape  relative  to  our  customers’  healthcare  services  may  significantly  affect  our
operations and revenue.

14

Facilities

We have four facilities: our headquarters in Carlsbad, California, from which our orthobiologics and spinal implant products are designed, developed, and
marketed and from which our more recently launched spinal implant products are inspected, kitted and distributed; a manufacturing and distribution facility in
Irvine, California, from which most of our orthobiologics products are manufactured and all are distributed; office space in Wayne, Pennsylvania, where we
design spinal implants and which facilitates our interactions with customers on the East Coast; and our European sales and marketing office in Lyon, France.

We inspect, kit, and distribute most of our spinal implant products through a third-party logistics provider facility in Olive Branch, Mississippi. We
distribute our orthobiologics and spinal implant products in certain international markets through third-party logistics provider facilities in Belgium and the
Netherlands.

Additional information regarding our facilities may be found in Part I, Item 2 of this report.

Employees

As of February 21, 2020, we had 386 regular employees, 61 of whom were engaged in research and development, 110 in manufacturing, 115 in sales

and marketing and 100 in general and administrative activities.

Available Information

We are subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (the Exchange Act). In accordance with the
Exchange Act, we file or furnish annual, quarterly and current reports, amendments to those reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC.
We make these reports and other information available free of charge on our website at www.seaspine.com under the investors page as soon as reasonably
practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC. All such reports were made available in this fashion during 2019.

The  SEC  maintains  an  internet  site  that  contains  reports,  proxy  and  information  statements  and  other  information  regarding  issuers  that  file

electronically with the SEC at www.sec.gov.

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider the risks described below, together with the other information in this Form 10-K, in evaluating the Company and our
common stock. If any of the risks described below actually occurs, our business, financial results, financial condition and stock price could be materially and
adversely affected.

Risks Relating to our Business

We  expect  to  incur  losses  for  the  foreseeable  future  and  cannot  assure  you  that  we  will  be  able  to  generate  sufficient  sales  to  achieve  or  sustain
profitability.

We expect to incur losses for the foreseeable future as we dedicate significant resources to our marketing and product development strategy, including as
we continue to: (i) develop new and next generation products and product line extensions (all of which we call “new products”); (ii) develop new medical
techniques designed to enhance the utility of our products; (iii) collect clinical data and conduct clinical studies to differentiate our products from those of our
competitors and to demonstrate the value of our products to current and prospective customers and payors; (iv) add independent sales agents and stocking
distributors  to  increase  our  geographic  sales  coverage  and  penetration;  (v)  increase  product  inventory  to  raise  the  likelihood  of  success  of  new  product
launches; and (vi) invest in our Irvine manufacturing facility; (vii) expand our marketing campaigns and surgeon education and training programs. We cannot
assure you that we will ever generate sufficient revenues from our operations to achieve profitability and, even if we achieve profitability, we cannot assure
you that we will remain profitable. Our failure to achieve or maintain profitability could negatively affect the value of our securities and our ability to attract
and retain personnel, raise capital, execute our business strategy or continue operations.

We operate in an industry and in market segments that are highly competitive and we may not compete successfully

There  is  intense  competition  among  medical  device  companies  that  serve  the  spinal  surgery  market.  We  compete  with  established  medical  technology
companies, as well as earlier-stage companies that often have differentiated technology and

15

    
potentially superior solutions for the challenges facing our neurosurgeon and orthopedic spine surgeon customers and their patients. Our primary competitors
include  Medtronic,  DePuy  Synthes  Spine  (a  Johnson  &  Johnson  company),  NuVasive,  Stryker,  Globus  Medical,  Zimmer-Biomet,  Orthofix,  RTI  Surgical,
AlphaTec Spine, XTANT Medical, Baxter, Bioventus, Cerapedics and several smaller, biologically-focused companies.

Many  of  our  competitors  may  have  access  to  greater  financial,  technical,  research  and  development,  marketing,  manufacturing,  sales,  distribution,
administrative, consulting and other resources than we do. Our competitors may be more effective at developing products, at differentiating their products
from our and other competitor products and at designing, executing, analyzing the results of and publishing data from clinical studies. Our competitors may
also  have:  stronger  intellectual  property  portfolios;  broader  spine  surgery  product  offerings  and  products  supported  by  more  extensive  clinical  data;  more
established  distribution  networks;  entrenched  relationships  with  surgeons;  significantly  greater  name  recognition  and  more  recognizable  trademarks  for
products similar to the products we sell; more established relationships with healthcare providers and payors; greater experience in obtaining and maintaining
FDA and other regulatory clearances or approvals for products and product enhancement; and greater experience in launching, marketing and selling products
than we do. Many of our competitors specialize in a specific product or focus on a particular market segment, making it more difficult for us to increase our
overall market position. The frequent introduction by competitors of products that are, or claim to be, superior to our products, or that are alternatives to our
existing or planned products may also create market confusion that may make it difficult to differentiate the benefits of our products over competing products.
In addition, the entry of multiple new products and competitors may lead some of our competitors to employ pricing strategies that could adversely affect the
pricing of our products and pricing in the spine market generally.

Our competitive position depends on our ability to achieve market acceptance for our current and future products. Market acceptance for any of our
products requires, among other things, that we timely secure regulatory clearance and/or approval; demonstrate the value of our products, both to our surgeon
customers and payors, which may require that we collect clinical data and/or conduct clinical studies; effectively educate and train our surgeon customers and
their staff on the proper use of our products; obtain and maintain coverage and adequate reimbursement for our products, both within and outside the U.S.,
including under Medicare and Medicaid and from private payors; attract and retain a network of independent sales agents and stocking distributors focused on
neurosurgeons  and  orthopedic  spine  surgeons;  develop  and  execute  an  effective  marketing  strategy;  protect  the  proprietary  positions  of  our  products,
including through patent protection; and consistently produce quality products in sufficient quantities to meet demand. Significant risks are associated with
each of these activities and other activities required to achieve market acceptance of both our current and future products, including risks inherent in newly
initiated collaborations, such as with restor3d, Inc. and 7D Surgical, Inc., or use of nascent manufacturing or imaging techniques, such as additive processing
(more commonly known as 3D printing) or advanced optical technologies and machine version-based registration algorithms. Some of these risks are more
fully described elsewhere in this “Risk Factors” section.

In  addition,  at  any  time  our  competitors  or  other  companies  may  develop  alternative  treatments,  products  or  procedures  for  the  treatment  of  spine

disorders that compete directly or indirectly with our products, including ones that prove to be superior to our products.

For these reasons, we may not compete successfully against our existing or potential competitors. Any such failure could lead us to modify our strategy,
to lower our prices, or to increase the commissions we pay on sales of our products and could have a significant adverse effect on our business, financial
condition and results of operations. If we cannot compete effectively, our sales and operating results may suffer.

To be commercially successful, we must effectively demonstrate to neurosurgeon and orthopedic spine surgeons the merits of our products compared to
those of our competitors.

Neurosurgeons and orthopedic spine surgeons play a significant role in determining the course of treatment and, ultimately, the product used to treat a
patient. As a result, our success depends, in large part, on demonstrating to these surgeons the value of our products in the treatment of their patients. To do so
requires that we continue to invest in medical education and training and, along with our independent sales agents and stocking distributors, demonstrate the
merits of our products and underlying technology compared to those of our competitors. Surgeons who do not use our products may be hesitant to do so for
the following or other reasons:

•
•
•

lack of experience with our products, techniques, or technologies, or with the equipment necessary to use any of the foregoing;
existing relationships with those who sell competitive products;
the time required for surgeon and medical staff education and training on new products, techniques and equipment and technologies;

16

•
•

•

•
•

lack or perceived lack of clinical evidence supporting patient benefit relative to competing products;
our  products  not  being  included  on  hospital  formularies,  in  integrated  delivery  networks  or  on  group  purchasing  organization  preferred
vendor lists;
less  attractive  coverage  and/or  reimbursement  within  healthcare  payment  systems  for  our  products  and  procedures  compared  to  other
products and procedures;
other costs associated with introducing new products and the equipment necessary to use new products; and
perceived risk of liability that could be associated with the use of new products, techniques or technologies.

In  addition,  we  believe  recommendations  and  support  of  our  products  by  influential  neurosurgeons  and  orthopedic  spine  surgeons  are  essential  for
market  acceptance  and  adoption.  If  we  do  not  receive  support  from  such  surgeons  or  long-term  data  does  not  show  the  benefits  of  using  our  products,
surgeons may not use our products.

If we are not successful in convincing surgeons of the merits of our products, we may not maintain or grow our sales or achieve or sustain profitability.

We must successfully educate and train surgeons and their staff on the proper use of our products.

Although most neurosurgeons and orthopedic spine surgeons may have adequate knowledge on how to use most of our products based on their clinical
training and experience, we believe that the most effective way to introduce and build market demand for our products is by directly training such surgeons in
the use of our products. Convincing surgeons to dedicate the time and energy necessary for adequate training is challenging, and we cannot assure you we
will succeed in these efforts. If surgeons are not properly trained, they may not use our products, and, as a result, we may not maintain or grow our sales or
achieve or sustain profitability. If surgeons are not properly trained they may also misuse or ineffectively use our products, which may result in unsatisfactory
patient  outcomes,  patient  injury,  negative  publicity  or  lawsuits  against  us,  any  of  which  could  have  a  significant  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial
condition and results of operations.

Although  we  believe  our  training  methods  for  surgeons  are  conducted  in  compliance  with  FDA  and  other  applicable  regulations  developed  both
nationally and in third countries, if the FDA or other regulatory agency determines that our training constitutes promotion of an unapproved use or promotion
of an intended purpose not covered by the CE mark affixed to our products or FDA approved labeling, they could request that we modify our training or
subject  us  to  regulatory  enforcement  actions,  including  the  issuance  of  a  warning  letter,  injunction,  seizure,  civil  fine  and  criminal  penalty.  See  also
“Oversight of the medical device industry might affect the way we sell medical devices and compete in the marketplace" below.

Changes in third-party payment systems and in the healthcare industry may require us to decrease the selling price for our products, may reduce the size
of the market for our products, or may eliminate a market, any of which could have a material and adverse effect on our financial performance.

Our  operations  may  be  substantially  affected  by  fundamental  changes  in  the  political,  economic  and  regulatory  landscape  of  the  healthcare  industry.
Government and private sector initiatives to limit the growth of healthcare costs are continuing in the U.S., and in many other countries where we do business,
causing the marketplace to put increased emphasis on the delivery of more cost-effective treatments. These initiatives include price regulation, competitive
pricing, coverage and payment policies, comparative effectiveness of therapies, technology assessments and managed-care arrangements.

Maintaining and growing sales of our products depends on the availability of adequate coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors, both within
and outside the U.S., including government programs such as Medicare and Medicaid, private insurance plans and managed care organizations. Hospitals and
other  healthcare  providers  that  purchase  our  products  generally  rely  on  third-party  payors  to  cover  all  or  part  of  the  costs  associated  with  the  procedures
performed  with  our  products,  including  the  cost  to  purchase  our  product.  Both  the  patients’  and  our  customers’  access  to  adequate  coverage  and
reimbursement  for  the  procedures  performed  with  our  products  by  government  and  private  insurance  plans  is  central  to  the  acceptance  of  our  current  and
future products. We may be unable to sell our products on a profitable basis, or at all, if third-party payors deny coverage or reduce their levels of payment. In
addition,  if  our  cost  of  production  increases  at  a  rate  greater  than  increases  in  reimbursement  levels  for  our  products,  our  profitability  may  be  adversely
affected.

The healthcare industry, both within and outside the U.S., has experienced a trend toward cost containment as government and private insurers seek to control
rising healthcare costs by imposing lower payment and negotiating reduced contract rates with service providers. Third-party payors continually review their
coverage  and  reimbursement  policies  for  procedures  involving  the  use  of  our  products  and  can,  without  notice,  eliminate  or  reduce  coverage  or
reimbursement for our products. For example, in the past, a major national third-party insurer in the U.S. reduced coverage (from all or most cases to limited
indications) for

17

biomechanical devices (e.g., spine cages) used in cervical fusion procedures, stating that the devices had not been shown to be more effective than bone graft.
In addition, certain insurers have limited coverage for vertebral fusions in the lumbar spine and other insurers may adopt similar coverage decisions in the
future. Patients covered by these insurers may be unwilling or unable to afford lumbar fusion surgeries to treat their conditions, which could materially harm
or limit our ability to sell our products designed for such surgeries. Further, third-party payors of hospital services and hospital outpatient services annually
revise  their  payment  methodologies,  which  could  result  in  stricter  standards  for  or  the  elimination  or  reduction  of  reimbursement  of  hospital  charges  for
certain medical procedures.

Further, in the U.S., several provisions of the U.S. Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (the Affordable

Care Act) and the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 address access to health care products and services
and establish certain fees for the medical device industry. These provisions may be modified, repealed, or otherwise invalidated,
in whole or in part. Future rulemaking could affect rebates, prices or the rate of price increases for health care products and
services, or required reporting and disclosure. We cannot predict the timing or impact of any future rulemaking or changes in
the law.

To the extent we sell our products internationally, market acceptance may depend, in part, upon the availability of coverage and reimbursement within
prevailing  healthcare  payment  systems.  Reimbursement  and  healthcare  payment  systems  in  international  markets  vary  significantly  by  country.  As  in  the
U.S., our products may not obtain coverage and reimbursement approvals in a timely manner, if at all, in a particular international market. In addition, even if
we obtain country-specific coverage and reimbursement approvals, we could incur considerable expense to do so. Our failure to obtain such coverage and
approvals would negatively affect market acceptance of our products in the international markets in which such failure occurs and the expenses incurred in
connection with obtaining such coverage and approvals could outweigh the benefits of obtaining them.

If  the  trend  by  governmental  agencies  and  other  third-party  payors  to  reduce  coverage  of  and/or  reimbursement  for  procedures  using  our  products
continues, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected. Further, we cannot be certain that, under
current  and  future  payment  systems,  the  cost  of  our  products  will  be  adequately  incorporated  into  the  overall  cost  of  the  procedure  and,  accordingly,  we
cannot be certain that the procedures performed with our products will be reimbursed at a cost-effective level, or at all.

Industry trends have resulted in increased downward pricing pressure on medical services and products, which may affect our ability to sell our products
at prices necessary to support our current business strategy.

The trend toward healthcare cost containment through aggregating purchasing decisions and industry consolidation, along with the growth of managed

care organizations, is placing increased emphasis on the delivery of more cost-effective medical therapies. For example:

•

•

•

•

There has been consolidation among healthcare facilities and purchasers of medical devices, particularly in the U.S. One of the results of
such consolidation is that group purchasing organizations, integrated delivery networks and large single accounts use their market power to
consolidate purchasing decisions, which intensifies competition to provide products and services to healthcare providers and other industry
participants, resulting in greater pricing pressures and the exclusion of certain suppliers from important market segments. For example,
some group purchasing organizations negotiate pricing for its member hospitals and require us to discount, or limit our ability to increase,
prices for certain of our products. In particular, certain of our DBM products are priced at a premium to competitors' DBM products and a
significant price reduction could result in a material adverse effect on our profitability.
Surgeons  increasingly  have  moved  from  independent,  out-patient  practice  settings  toward  employment  by  hospitals  and  other  larger
healthcare  organizations,  which  align  surgeons’  product  choices  with  their  employers’  price  sensitivities  and  adds  to  pricing  pressures.
Hospitals have introduced and may continue to introduce new pricing structures into their contracts to contain healthcare costs, including
fixed price formulas and capitated and construct pricing.
Certain hospitals provide financial incentives to doctors for reducing hospital costs (known as gainsharing), rewarding physician efficiency
(known as physician profiling) and encouraging partnerships with healthcare service and goods providers to reduce prices.
Existing  and  proposed  laws,  regulations  and  industry  policies,  in  both  domestic  and  international  markets,  regulate  or  seek  to  increase
regulation of sales and marketing practices and the pricing and profitability of companies in the healthcare industry.

More broadly, other provisions of the Affordable Care Act could meaningfully change the way healthcare is developed and

18

delivered  in  the  U.S.,  and  may  adversely  affect  our  business  and  results  of  operations.  For  example,  the  Affordable  Care  Act  encourages  hospitals  and
physicians to work collaboratively through shared savings programs, such as accountable care organizations, as well as other bundled payment initiatives,
which may ultimately result in the reduction of medical device purchases and the consolidation of medical device suppliers used by hospitals. It is unclear
what the full impact of the legislation will be. Some of the provisions of the Affordable Care Act have yet to be fully implemented, and certain provisions
have  been  subject  to  judicial  and  Congressional  challenges.  In  addition,  there  have  been  efforts  by  the  Trump  administration  to  repeal  or  replace  certain
aspects of the Affordable Care Act and to alter the implementation of the Affordable Care Act and related laws. We cannot predict accurately what healthcare
programs and regulations will ultimately be implemented at the U.S. federal or state level, or the effect of any future legislation or regulation in the U.S. or
elsewhere.  However,  any  changes  that  have  the  effect  of  reducing  reimbursements  for  our  products  or  reducing  medical  procedure  volumes  could  have  a
material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Further,  the  proliferation  of  medical  device  sales  agents  that  are  owned,  directly  or  indirectly,  by  physicians  (commonly  called  physician-owned
distributorships, or PODs) could result in increased pricing pressure on our products or harm our ability to sell our products to physicians who own or are
affiliated with these sales agents. These physicians derive a proportion of their revenue from selling or arranging for the sale of medical devices for use in
procedures they perform on their own patients at hospitals that agree to purchase from or through the POD, or that otherwise furnish ordering physicians with
income  based,  directly  or  indirectly,  on  those  orders  of  medical  devices.  The  number  of  PODs  in  the  spine  industry  may  continue  to  grow  as  economic
pressures increase throughout the industry and as hospitals, insurers and physicians search for ways to reduce costs and, in the case of the physicians, search
for ways to increase their incomes. PODs and the physicians who own, or partially own, them have significant market knowledge and access to the surgeons
who use our products and the hospitals that purchase our products. Growth in the number of PODs may reduce our ability to compete effectively for business
from  physicians  who  own,  or  partially  own,  them,  which  could  have  a  material  and  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  results  of  operations  and  financial
condition.

In addition, the largest device companies with multiple product franchises have increased their effort to leverage and contract broadly with customers
across  franchises  by  providing  volume  discounts  and  multi-year  arrangements  that  could  prevent  our  access  to  these  customers  or  make  it  difficult  (or
impossible) to compete on price.

We may not develop new products in a timely and consistent manner, and failure to do so may adversely affect the attractiveness of our overall product
portfolio to our surgeon customers and negatively impact our sales and market share.

To be and remain competitive, we need to sunset legacy systems while introducing new products and enhancements or modifications to our existing
products on a regular basis and successfully respond to technological advances. Doing so is technologically challenging and involves significant risks and
uncertainty. Despite substantial investments of time and resources, our research and development efforts may not result in technically feasible new products.
Even if technically feasible, the anticipated time and cost of obtaining regulatory clearance and/or approval and/or commercializing a new product may be too
great to justify continued development. In addition, competitors could develop products that are more effective, are less expensive to manufacture, are priced
more competitively or are ready for commercial introduction before our products. The introduction of new products by our competitors may lead us to reduce
the prices of our products, may lead to reduced margins or loss of market share, and may render our products obsolete or noncompetitive. The success of any
of our new product offerings or enhancement or modification to our existing products will depend on several factors, including our ability to:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

properly identify and anticipate surgeon and patient needs;

develop new products or enhancements or modifications in a timely manner;

obtain regulatory clearance and/or approvals for new products or product enhancements or modifications in a timely manner;

achieve timely alpha and/or full commercial launches of new products;

provide adequate training to potential users of new products and product enhancements or modifications;

receive adequate reimbursement approval of third-party payors such as Medicaid, Medicare and private insurers; and

develop an effective marketing and distribution network.

19

If we cannot develop technically and commercially viable new products and enhancements or modifications to our existing products on a consistent

basis and before our competitors, our prospects could be materially and adversely affected.

It is also important that we carefully manage our introduction of new products and enhancements or modifications to our existing products. If potential
customers delay purchases until new or enhanced or modified products are available, it could negatively impact our sales. In addition, to the extent we have
excess or obsolete inventory as we transition to new or enhanced or modified products, it would result in margin reducing write-offs for obsolete inventory,
and our results of operations may suffer.

If we are unable to maintain and expand our network of independent sales agents and stocking distributors, we may not maintain or grow our revenue.

Our  ability  to  generate  revenue  depends  on  the  sales  and  marketing  efforts  of  independent  sales  agents  and  stocking  distributors.  Some  of  our
independent sales agents account for a significant portion of our sales volume. If our independent sales agents and stocking distributors fail to adequately
promote, market and sell our products, our sales could significantly decrease.

Further,  we  face  significant  challenges  and  risks  in  managing  our  geographically  dispersed  distribution  network  and  retaining  the  independent  sales
agents  and  stocking  distributors  who  make  up  that  network,  and  as  we  launch  new  products  and  increase  our  marketing  efforts  with  respect  to  existing
products,  we  plan  to  expand  the  reach  of  our  marketing  and  sales  efforts  and  may  need  to  hire  new  independent  sales  agents  and  stocking  distributors.
Independent  sales  agents  and  stocking  distributors  require  significant  technical  expertise  in  various  areas  such  as  spinal  care  practices,  spine  injuries  and
disease, and spinal health and they require training and time to achieve full productivity. We may not attract or retain qualified independent sales agents or
stocking distributors or enter into agreements with them on favorable or commercially reasonable terms, if at all. This could be due to a number of factors,
including, but not limited to, perceived deficiencies, or gaps, in our existing product portfolio, intense competition for independent sales agents’ services, or
because of the disruption associated with restrictive covenants to which distributors may be subject and potential litigation and expense associated therewith.
We may also experience unforeseen disengagement from independent sales agents who have worked with us for many years. Even if we enter into agreements
with additional qualified independent sales agents or stocking distributors, it often takes 6 to 12 months for new sales agents or stocking distributors to reach
full operational effectiveness and they may not generate revenue as quickly as we expect them to, commit the necessary resources to effectively market and
sell our products, or ultimately succeed in selling our products. Our success will depend largely on our ability to continue to hire, train, retain and motivate
qualified independent sales agents and stocking distributors. If we cannot expand our sales and marketing capabilities domestically and internationally, if we
fail  to  train  new  independent  sales  agents  and  stocking  distributors  adequately,  or  if  we  experience  high  turnover  in  our  sales  network,  we  may  not
commercialize our products adequately, or at all, which would adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Moreover, our independent sales agents and stocking distributors are not our employees, we have limited control over their activities and, generally, we
do not enter into exclusive relationships with them. If one or more of them were to be retained by a competitor, whether or an exclusive or non-exclusive
basis, they may divert business from us to our competitor, which could materially and adversely affect our sales.

Sales  of,  or  the  price  at  which  we  sell,  our  products  may  be  adversely  affected  unless  the  safety  and  efficacy  of  our  products,  alone  and  relative  to
competitive products, is demonstrated in clinical studies.

Generally, we have obtained 510(k) clearance to manufacture, market and sell the products we market in the U.S. and the right to affix the CE mark to
the products we market in the European Economic Area, or EEA. To date, we have not been required to generate new clinical data to support our 510(k)
clearances,  CE  marks,  or  product  registrations  in  other  countries.  However,  the  EU  Medical  Device  Regulations,  which  will  replace  the  existing  medical
device directives in May 2020, require submission of certain post-market data to maintain our CE marks. Additionally, we recently completed an analysis of
which  of  our  product  systems  will  require  submission  of  clinical  data  pursuant  to  MEDDEV  2.7.1  rev  4,  which  sets  forth  the  European  Commission’s
guidance on the clinical evaluation of medical devices. Accordingly, and in line with our vision to deliver clinical value, we have commenced clinical data
collection activities for certain of our marketed products as more fully described elsewhere in this "Risk Factors" section.

In part due to the increased emphasis on the delivery of more cost-effective treatments, purchasing decisions of our customers increasingly will be based
on clinical data that demonstrates the value of our products or the effectiveness of our products relative to others. Conducting clinical studies is expensive and
time-consuming  and  outcomes  are  uncertain.  See  “Risks  Relating  to  Our  Regulatory  Environment-Clinical  studies  are  expensive  and  subject  to  extensive
regulation and their results may not support our product candidate claims or may result in the discovery of adverse effects,” below. We may elect not to, or
may be unable to, fund the clinical studies necessary to generate the data required for all of our products to compete effectively, in part due to the breadth

20

of our product portfolio. Currently, we do not expect to undertake such clinical studies for all of our products and only expect to do so where we anticipate the
benefits  will  outweigh  the  costs  on  a  risk-adjusted  basis.  However,  even  when  we  elect  and  are  able  to  fund  such  clinical  studies  on  one  or  more  of  our
products, such studies may not succeed. Data we generate may not be consistent with our existing data and may demonstrate less favorable safety or efficacy,
which could reduce demand for our products and negatively impact future sales. Neurosurgeons and orthopedic spine surgeons may be less likely to use our
products if more robust, or any, clinical data supporting the safety and efficacy of competing products is available. If we are unable to or unwilling to generate
clinical data supporting the safety and efficacy of our products, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely
affected.

Further, future patient studies or clinical experience may indicate that treatment with our products does not improve patient outcomes.

With  the  passage  of  the  American  Recovery  and  Reinvestment  Act  of  2009,  funds  have  been  appropriated  for  the  U.S.  Department  of  Health  and
Human Services’ Healthcare Research and Quality to conduct comparative effectiveness research to determine the effectiveness of different drugs, medical
devices,  and  procedures  in  treating  certain  conditions  and  diseases.  Some  of  our  products  or  procedures  performed  with  our  products  could  become  the
subject of such research. It is unknown what effect, if any, this research may have on our business. Further, future research or experience may indicate that
treatment  with  our  products  does  not  improve  patient  outcomes  or  improves  patient  outcomes  less  than  we  initially  expected.  Such  results  would  reduce
demand for our products, affect sustainable reimbursement from third-party payers, significantly reduce our ability to achieve expected revenue, and could
cause us to withdraw our products from the market and could prevent us from sustaining or increasing profitability. Moreover, if future results and experience
indicate that our products cause unexpected or serious complications or other unforeseen negative effects, we could be subject to significant legal liability,
negative publicity, and damage to our reputation, and we could experience a dramatic reduction in sales of our products, all of which would have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. The spine medical device market has been particularly prone to potential product
liability claims that are inherent in the testing, manufacture and sale of medical devices and products for spine surgery procedures.

If any of our manufacturing, development or research facilities are damaged and/or our manufacturing processes are interrupted, we could experience
supply disruptions, lost revenues and our business could be seriously harmed.

Damage  to  our  manufacturing,  development  or  research  facilities  or  disruption  to  our  business  operations  for  any  reason,  including  due  to  natural
disaster (such as earthquake, wildfires and other fires or extreme weather), power loss, communications failure, unauthorized entry or other events, such as a
flu or other health epidemic (such as the result of COVID-19, more commonly referred to as coronavirus), could cause us to discontinue development and/or
manufacturing of some or all of our products for an undetermined period of time. In addition, our facilities would be difficult to replace and would require
substantial lead time to repair or replace. The property damage and business interruption insurance coverage on these facilities that we maintain might not
cover all losses under such circumstances, and we may not be able to renew or obtain such insurance in the future on acceptable terms with adequate coverage
or at reasonable costs. In particular, we manufacture our orthobiologics products in one facility in Irvine, California and any damage to that facility could
adversely affect our ability to timely satisfy demand for those products. Notably, disruptions to our business operations may result from any of the foregoing
events that disrupt our suppliers.  For example, if we are unable to obtain disposables or other materials required to maintain “clean room” sterility in our
Irvine, California facility, we may be unable to continue to manufacture products at that facility, which products account for approximately 50% of our total
revenue. Any significant disruption to our manufacturing operations and to our ability to meet market demand likely would have an adverse impact on our
sales  and  revenues  as  key  stakeholders,  including  our  independent  sales  agents  and  stocking  distributors  and  surgeon  customers,  transition  to  what  they
perceive as more reliable sources of products.

We rely on an exclusive license and supply agreement with PcoMed, LLC (“PcoMed”) to incorporate certain surface technology into our NanoMetalene
products. The termination of, or loss of exclusivity under, this license agreement could harm sales of certain of our products if we are unable to timely
develop, or negotiate an exclusive license to, a comparable alternative surface technology.

We have an exclusive license and supply agreement with PcoMed allowing the incorporation of its surface technology into our NanoMetalene products,
the net sales of which represent approximately 12% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019. In order to maintain our exclusive license rights
under  the  agreement,  we  must  satisfy  certain  commercialization  obligations.  If  we  fail  to  satisfy  these  obligations,  we  lose  our  exclusive  rights  to  this
technology and PcoMed might license some or all this technology to one or more parties, any of which could be one of our competitors, and our ability to
compete may be substantially and adversely diminished. In addition, PcoMed serves as our sole supplier for the licensed technology. If PcoMed is unable to
meet our demand for the product or if their supply is otherwise disrupted, it could adversely impact our business. Furthermore, if

21

we fail to comply with material obligations under the agreement, or if it were terminated for any reason and we were unable to successfully develop or license
comparable surface technology, whether on exclusive terms, or at all, we could lose rights to surface technology that is important to our products and our
business. The agreement terminates in December 2020; if we need to renew the license, there is no guarantee we will be able to renew it on commercially
reasonable terms, if at all.

In addition to PcoMed, we depend on a limited number of third-party suppliers for components and raw materials and losing any of these suppliers, or
their inability to provide us with an adequate supply of materials that meet our quality and other requirements, could harm our business.

Outside  suppliers,  some  of  whom  are  sole-source  suppliers,  provide  us  with  products  and  raw  materials  and  components  used  in  manufacturing  our
orthobiologics and spinal implant products. We strive to maintain sufficient inventory of products, raw materials and components so that our production will
not be significantly disrupted if a particular product, raw material or component is not available to us for a period of time, including as a result of a supplier's
loss  of  its  ISO  or  other  certification  or  as  a  result  of  any  of  the  disruptions  described  above  under  the  risk  factor  titled  “If  any  of  our  manufacturing,
development or research facilities are damaged and/or our manufacturing processes are interrupted, we could experience supply disruptions, lost revenues and
our  business  could  be  seriously  harmed.”  Any  such  disruption  in  our  production  could  harm  our  reputation,  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of
operations.

Although we believe there are alternative supply sources, replacing our suppliers may be impractical or difficult in many instances. For example, we
could have difficulty obtaining similar products from other suppliers that are acceptable to the FDA or other foreign regulatory authorities. In addition, if we
are required to transition to new suppliers for certain components of our products, the use of components or materials furnished by these alternative suppliers
could require us to alter our operations, and if we are required to change the manufacturer of a critical component of our products, we will have to verify that
the  new  manufacturer  maintains  facilities,  procedures  and  operations  that  comply  with  our  quality  and  applicable  regulatory  requirements,  which  could
further  impede  our  ability  to  manufacture  our  products  in  a  timely  manner.  Transitioning  to  a  new  supplier  could  be  time-consuming  and  expensive,  may
result in interruptions in our operations and product delivery, could affect the performance specifications of our products or could require that we modify the
design of those systems.

If we are unable to obtain sufficient quantities of spinal implant products, raw materials or components that meet our quality and other requirements on
a timely basis for any reason, we may not produce sufficient quantities of our products to meet market demand until a new or alternative supply source is
identified and qualified and, as a result, we could lose customers, our reputation could be harmed and our business could suffer. In 2013, we experienced
supply shortages in collagen ceramic matrix bone void fillers, which adversely affected sales of our orthobiologics products, even after the supply shortage
was  resolved.  Furthermore,  an  uncorrected  defect  or  supplier’s  variation  in  a  component  or  raw  material  that  is  incompatible  with  our  manufacturing,
unknown to us, could harm our ability to manufacture products.

Further, under the FDA Safety and Innovation Act of 2012, or the FDASIA, which includes the Medical Device User Fee Amendments of 2012, as well
as other medical device provisions, all U.S. and foreign manufacturers must have a FDA Establishment Registration and complete Medical Device listings for
sales in the U.S. While we believe that our facilities materially comply with these requirements, we also source products from foreign contract manufacturers.
It is possible that some of our foreign contract manufacturers will not comply with applicable requirements and choose not to register with the FDA. In such
an event, we will need to determine if there are alternative foreign contract manufacturers who comply with the applicable requirements. If such a foreign
contract manufacturer is a sole supplier of one of our products, there is a risk that we may not be able to source another supplier.

In addition, we rely on a small number of tissue banks accredited by the American Association of Tissue Banks for the supply of human tissue, a crucial
component of our orthobiologics products that serve as bone graft substitutes. Any failure to obtain tissue from these sources or to have the tissue processed
by these sources for us in a timely manner will interfere with our ability to meet demand for our orthobiologics products effectively. The processing of human
tissue into orthobiologics products is labor intensive and maintaining a steady supply stream is challenging. In addition, due to seasonal changes in mortality
rates, some scarce tissues used for our orthobiologics products are at times in particularly short supply. We cannot be certain that our supply of human tissue
from our suppliers will be available at current levels or will meet our needs or that we will be able to successfully negotiate commercially reasonable terms
with other accredited tissue banks.

22

We depend on information technology and if our information technology fails to operate adequately or fails to properly maintain the integrity of our data,
our business could be materially and adversely affected.

We depend significantly on sophisticated information technology, or IT, for our infrastructure and to support business decisions. Our IT needs require an
ongoing  commitment  of  significant  resources  to  maintain,  protect  and  enhance  existing  systems  and  to  develop  new  systems  to  keep  pace  with  new
technology, evolving regulatory standards, the increasing need to protect patient and customer information and changing customer patterns. We do not have a
comprehensive IT disaster recovery plan. Any significant breakdown, intrusion, interruption, corruption or destruction of any component of our IT systems
could have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Security breaches, loss of data and other disruptions could compromise sensitive information related to our business, prevent us from accessing critical
information or expose us to liability, which could adversely affect our business and our reputation.

In the ordinary course of our business, we collect and store sensitive data, including legally protected patient health information, credit card information,
personally  identifiable  information  about  our  employees,  intellectual  property,  and  proprietary  business  information.  We  manage  and  maintain  our
applications and data utilizing on-site systems. These applications and data encompass a wide variety of business critical information including research and
development information, commercial information and business and financial information.

Although our computer and information systems are protected through physical and software safeguards, they are still vulnerable to system malfunction,
computer viruses, cyber-attacks, breaches or interruptions due to employee error or malfeasance, terrorist attacks, earthquakes, fire, flood (and other natural
disasters), power loss, computer systems failure, data network failure, Internet failure, or lapses in compliance with privacy and security mandates. If any of
our systems were to become subject to any of the foregoing, our networks could be compromised, and the information stored there could be accessed by
unauthorized parties, publicly disclosed, lost or stolen. These events could lead to the unauthorized access and result in the misappropriation or unauthorized
disclosure of confidential information belonging to us or to our employees, partners, customers or suppliers. We have measures in place designed to detect
and respond to security incidents and breaches of privacy and security mandates. The techniques used by criminal elements to attack computer systems are
sophisticated,  change  frequently  and  may  originate  from  less  regulated  and  remote  areas  of  the  world.  As  a  result,  we  may  not  be  able  to  address  these
techniques proactively or implement adequate preventative measures.

The regulatory environment governing information, security and privacy laws is increasingly demanding and continues to evolve. A number of states have
adopted laws and regulations that may affect our privacy and data security practices regarding the use, disclosure and protection of personally identifiable
information. For example, the California Consumer Privacy Act (the CCPA), which goes into effect on January 1, 2020, will, among other things, create new
individual privacy rights and impose increased obligations on companies handling personally identifiable information. If our IT systems are compromised,
due to a data breach or otherwise, we could be subject to legal claims or proceedings, liability under laws that protect the privacy of personal information,
such as the CCPA, government enforcement actions and regulatory penalties, fines, damages, and enforcement actions, and we could lose trade secrets or
other confidential information, the occurrence of any of which could have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of
operations. Unauthorized access, loss or dissemination could also interrupt our operations, including our ability to bill our customers, provide customer
support services, conduct research and development activities, process and prepare company financial information, manage various general and
administrative aspects of our business, and could damage our reputation, any of which could adversely affect our business.

23

We expend substantial resources to comply with laws and regulations relating to public companies, and any failure to maintain compliance could subject
us to regulatory scrutiny and cause investors to lose confidence in our company, which could harm our business and have a material adverse effect on
our stock price.

Laws and regulations affecting public companies, including provisions of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 and
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (SOX), and the related rules and regulations adopted by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), and by the
Nasdaq Stock Market increase our accounting, legal and financial compliance costs and make some activities more time-consuming and costly. We cannot
predict or estimate with any reasonable accuracy the total amount or timing of the costs we may incur to comply with these laws and regulations. In addition,
we expect that our management and other personnel will need to divert attention from operational and other business matters to devote substantial time to
these matters. For example, compliance with Section 404 of SOX, including performing the system and process documentation and evaluation necessary to
issue our annual report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and, if applicable, obtain the required attestation report from our
independent registered public accounting firm, requires us to incur substantial expense and expend significant management time. Further, we (through our
former  parent  company)  have  in  the  past  discovered,  and  in  the  future  may  discover,  areas  of  internal  controls  that  need  improvement.  If  we  identify
deficiencies  in  our  internal  controls  deemed  to  be  material  weaknesses,  we  could  become  subject  to  scrutiny  by  regulatory  authorities  and  we  could  lose
investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our SEC filings, including the financial statements included therein, which could have a material
adverse  effect  on  our  stock  price.  Internal  control  over  financial  reporting  cannot  provide  absolute  assurance  of  achieving  financial  reporting  objectives
because of its inherent limitations, including the possibility of human error and circumvention by collusion or overriding of controls. Accordingly, even an
effective internal control system may not prevent or detect material misstatements on a timely basis, or at all. Also, previously effective controls may become
inadequate over time because of changes in our business or operating structure, and we may fail to take measures to evaluate the adequacy of and update these
controls, as necessary, which could lead to a material misstatement.

In addition, new laws and regulations could make it costlier or more difficult for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including director and officer
liability insurance, and we may be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the coverage that is the
same or similar to our current coverage. The impact of these events could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve as
our executive officers or on our board of directors or on its committees.

Our  business  could  suffer  if  we  lose  the  services  of  key  members  of  our  senior  management  or  fail  to  hire  and  retain  other  personnel  on  whom  our
business relies.

Our ability to execute our business strategy and compete in the highly competitive medical device industry depends, in part, on our ability to attract and
retain  highly  qualified  personnel.  Companies  in  the  medical  device  industry  in  general  have  experienced  a  high  rate  of  personnel  turnover.  Loss  of  key
employees,  including  any  of  our  scientific,  technical  and  managerial  personnel,  could  adversely  affect  our  ability  to  successfully  execute  our  business
strategy, which could have a material and adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. We would be adversely affected if we
fail to adequately prepare for future turnover of our senior management team. Moreover, replacing key employees may be a difficult, costly and protracted
process,  and  we  may  not  have  other  personnel  with  the  capacity  to  assume  all  of  the  responsibilities  of  a  departing  employee.  Competition  for  qualified
personnel,  particularly  for  key  positions,  is  intense  among  companies  in  our  industry,  particularly  in  the  San  Diego,  California  area,  and  many  of  the
organizations against which we compete for qualified personnel have greater financial and other resources and different risk profiles than our company, which
may make them more attractive employers. All of our employees, including our management personnel, may terminate their employment with us at any time
without notice. If we cannot attract and retain highly qualified personnel, as needed, we may not achieve our financial and other goals.

Moreover, future internal growth could impose significant added responsibilities on our management, and we will need to identify, recruit, maintain,
motivate and integrate additional employees to manage growth effectively. If we do not effectively manage such growth, our expenses may increase more
than expected, we may not achieve our goals, and our ability to generate and/or grow revenue could be diminished.

We may have significant product liability exposure and our insurance may not cover all potential claims.

We are exposed to product liability and other claims. Spine surgery involves significant risk of serious complications, including bleeding, nerve injury,
paralysis and even death. In addition, if neurosurgeons and orthopedic spine surgeons are not sufficiently trained in the use of our products, they may misuse
or  ineffectively  use  our  products,  which  may  result  in  unsatisfactory  patient  outcomes  or  patient  injury.  We  could  become  the  subject  of  product  liability
lawsuits  alleging  that  component  failures,  malfunctions,  manufacturing  flaws,  design  defects,  or  inadequate  disclosure  of  product-related  risks  or  product-
related information resulted in

24

an unsafe condition or injury to patients. In addition, the development of allograft implants and technologies for human tissue repair and treatment may entail
particular risk of transmitting diseases to human recipients, and any such transmission could result in the assertion of product liability claims against us.

Product liability claims are expensive to defend, divert our management’s attention and, if we are not successful in defending the claim, can result in
substantial monetary awards against us or costly settlements. Further, successful product liability claims made against one or more of our competitors could
cause claims to be made against us or expose us to a perception that we are vulnerable to similar claims. Any product liability claim brought against us, with
or without merit and regardless of the outcome or whether it is fully pursued, may result in: decreased demand for our products; injury to our reputation;
significant  litigation  costs;  product  recalls;  loss  of  revenue;  the  inability  to  commercialize  new  products  or  product  candidates;  and  adverse  publicity
regarding our products. Any of these may have a material and adverse effect on our reputation with existing and potential customers and on our business,
financial condition and results of operations.

Our  existing  product  liability  insurance  coverage  may  be  inadequate  to  protect  us  from  any  liabilities  we  might  incur.  If  a  product  liability  claim  or
series of claims is brought against us for uninsured liabilities or more than our insurance coverage, our business could suffer. In addition, a recall of some of
our products, whether or not the result of a product liability claim, could result in significant costs and loss of customers.

Our insurance policies are expensive and protect us only from some risks, which will leave us exposed to significant uninsured liabilities.

We  do  not  carry  insurance  for  all  categories  of  risk  to  which  our  business  is  or  may  be  exposed.  Some  of  the  policies  we  maintain  include  general
liability,  foreign  liability,  employee  benefits  liability,  property,  umbrella,  employment  practices,  workers’  compensation,  products  liability,  cyber,  and
directors’ and officers’ insurance. We do not know, however, if we will be able to maintain insurance coverage at a reasonable cost or in sufficient amounts or
scope  to  protect  us  against  losses.  Even  if  we  obtain  insurance,  a  claim  could  exceed  the  amount  of  our  insurance  coverage  or  it  may  be  excluded  from
coverage under the terms of the policy. Any significant uninsured liability may require us to pay substantial amounts, which would adversely affect our cash
position and results of operations.

Our strategy could involve growth through acquisitions, which would require us to incur substantial costs and potential liabilities for which we may never
realize the anticipated benefits.

We may grow our business through acquisitions, a strategy which ultimately could prove unsuccessful. Any new acquisition could result in material
transaction  expenses,  increased  interest  and  amortization  expense,  increased  depreciation  expense,  increased  operating  expense  and  possible  in-process
research and development charges for acquisitions that do not meet the definition of a “business,” any of which could have a material and adverse effect on
our operating results.

In  addition,  businesses  we  acquire  may  not  have  adequate  financial,  disclosure,  regulatory,  quality  or  other  compliance  controls  in  place  when  we
acquire  them,  which  may  create  uncertainty  regarding  the  actual  condition  and  financial  results  of  the  acquired  business  and  our  assumptions  regarding
synergies and future results. Following any acquisition, we must integrate the new business, which includes incorporating it into our financial, compliance,
regulatory  and  quality  systems.  Failure  to  timely  and  successfully  integrate  acquired  businesses  may  result  in  non-compliance  with  regulatory  or  other
requirements  and  may  result  in  unexpected  costs,  including  as  a  result  of  inadequate  cost  containment  and  unrealized  economies  of  scale.  In  addition,
acquisitions divert management and other resources, and involve other risks, including, risks associated with entering markets in which our marketing and
sales personnel may have limited experience and with disruption to existing relationships with employees, suppliers, customers and sales agents, both with
respect  to  us  and  the  acquired  company.  As  a  result  of  any  of  the  foregoing,  we  may  not  realize  the  expected  benefit  from  any  acquisition.  If  we  cannot
integrate acquired businesses, products or technologies, our business, financial conditions and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

Furthermore, as a result of acquisitions of other healthcare businesses, we may be subject to the risk of unanticipated business uncertainties, regulatory
and other compliance matters or legal liabilities relating to those acquired businesses for which the sellers of the acquired businesses may not indemnify us,
for  which  we  may  not  be  able  to  obtain  insurance  (or  adequate  insurance)  or  for  which  the  indemnification  may  not  be  sufficient  to  cover  the  ultimate
liabilities.

25

We are exposed to a variety of risks relating to our international sales and operations.

During the year ended December 31, 2019, approximately 11% of our net revenue was attributable to our international sales and operations. We are

seeking to increase our international sales over the foreseeable future. Our international business operations are subject to a variety of risks, including:

•
•

•

•
•
•

•

•
•
•
•
•
•
•

difficulties in staffing and managing foreign and geographically dispersed operations;
having  to  comply  with  various  U.S.  and  international  laws,  including  the  U.S.  Foreign  Corrupt  Practices  Act  of  1977  and  anti-money  laundering
laws  (see  also,  “Our  international  operations  subject  us  to  laws  regarding  sanctioned  countries,  entities  and  persons,  customs  and  import-export
practices, laws regarding transactions in foreign countries, the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 and local anti-bribery and other laws regarding
interactions with healthcare professionals, and product registration requirements” below);
having  to  comply  with  export  control  laws,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  the  Export  Administration  Regulations  and  trade  sanctions  against
embargoed countries, which are administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control within the Department of the Treasury, as well as the laws and
regulations administered by the Department of Commerce;
complex data privacy requirements, including, but not limited to, the EU General Data Protection Regulation;
differing regulatory requirements for obtaining clearances or approvals to market our products;
changes in, or uncertainties relating to, foreign rules and regulations that may impact our ability to sell our products, perform services or repatriate
profits to the United States;
tariffs, trade barriers and export regulations that adversely impact, and other regulatory and contractual limitations on, our ability to sell our products
in  certain  foreign  markets,  the  scope  and  consequences  of  which  may  increase  in  light  of  the  Trump  Administration’s  approach  to  trade  policy,
including its stated intent to renegotiate, or potentially terminate, certain existing bilateral or multi-lateral trade agreements;
fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates;
limitations on or increase of withholding and other taxes on remittances and other payments by foreign subsidiaries or joint ventures;
differing multiple payer reimbursement regimes, government payers or patient self-pay systems;
differing labor laws and standards;
economic, political or social instability in foreign countries and regions;
an inability, or reduced ability, to protect our intellectual property, including any effect of compulsory licensing imposed by government action; and
availability of government subsidies or other incentives that benefit competitors in their local markets that are not available to us.

Any reduction in international sales, or our failure to further develop our international markets, could have a material adverse effect on our business,

results of operations and financial condition.

Our results may be impacted by changes in foreign currency exchange rates.

As  a  result  of  our  international  sales  and  operations,  we  generate  revenues  in  various  foreign  currencies  including  euros,  British  pounds,  and  Swiss
francs, and in U.S. dollar-denominated transactions conducted with customers who generate revenue in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. We also incur
operating expenses in euros. We cannot predict accurately the consolidated effects of exchange rate fluctuations upon our future operating results because of
the  variability  of  currency  exposure  in  our  revenues  and  operating  expenses  and  the  potential  volatility  of  currency  exchange  rates.  Although  we  address
currency risk management through regular operating and financing activities, those actions may not prove to be fully effective. In addition, for those foreign
customers  who  purchase  our  products  in  U.S.  dollars,  currency  exchange  rate  fluctuations  between  the  U.S.  dollar  and  the  currencies  in  which  those
customers do business may have a negative effect on the demand for our products in foreign countries where the U.S. dollar has increased in value compared
to the local currency. Converting our earnings from international operations to U.S. dollars for use in the U.S. can also raise challenges, including problems
moving  funds  out  of  the  countries  in  which  the  funds  were  earned  and  difficulties  in  collecting  accounts  receivable  in  foreign  countries  where  the  usual
accounts  receivable  payment  cycle  is  longer.  To  date,  we  have  not  used  risk  management  techniques  to  hedge  the  risks  associated  with  foreign  currency
exchange  rate  fluctuations.  Even  if  we  implemented  hedging  strategies,  not  every  exposure  can  be  hedged  and,  where  hedges  are  put  in  place  based  on
expected  foreign  currency  exchange  exposure,  they  are  based  on  forecasts  that  may  vary  or  that  may  later  prove  to  have  been  inaccurate.  As  a  result,
fluctuations  in  foreign  currency  exchange  rates  or  our  failure  to  successfully  hedge  against  these  fluctuations  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our
operating results and financial condition.

26

We may be subject to damages resulting from claims that we, our employees, or our independent sales agents or stocking distributors have wrongfully
used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of our competitors or are in breach of non-competition or non-solicitation agreements with our competitors.

Many  of  our  employees  were  employed  at  other  medical  device  companies,  including  our  competitors  or  potential  competitors,  in  some  cases
immediately prior to joining us. In addition, many of our independent sales agents and stocking distributors sell, or in the past have sold, products of our
competitors. We may be subject to claims that we, our employees or our independent sales agents or stocking distributors have intentionally, inadvertently or
otherwise  used  or  disclosed  trade  secrets  or  other  proprietary  information  of  former  employers  or  competitors.  In  addition,  we  have  been  and  may  in  the
future be subject to claims that we caused an employee, or encouraged/assisted an independent sales agent, to breach the terms of his or her non-competition
or  non-solicitation  agreement.  Litigation  may  be  necessary  to  defend  against  these  claims.  Litigation  is  expensive,  time-consuming  and  could  divert
management attention and resources away from our business. Even if we prevail, the cost of litigation could affect our profitability. If we do not prevail, in
addition  to  any  damages  we  might  have  to  pay,  we  may  lose  valuable  intellectual  property  rights  or  employees,  independent  sales  agents  or  stocking
distributors. There can be no assurance that this type of litigation or the threat thereof will not adversely affect our ability to engage and retain key employees,
sales agents or stocking distributors. See also “If we are unable to maintain and expand our network of independent sales agents and stocking distributors, we
may not be able to maintain or grow our revenue,” and “Our business could suffer if we lose the services of key members of our senior management or fail to
hire and retain other personnel on whom our business relies,” above.

We are subject to continuing contingent liabilities of Integra.

Even after our separation from Integra, there are several significant areas where Integra’s liabilities may become our obligations. For example, under the
Code and the related rules and regulations, each corporation that was a member of the Integra consolidated U.S. federal income tax reporting group during
any taxable period or portion of any taxable period ending on or before the effective time of the distribution is jointly and severally liable for the U.S. federal
income  tax  liability  of  the  entire  Integra  consolidated  tax  reporting  group  for  that  taxable  period.  In  addition,  the  Tax  Matters  Agreement  allocates  the
responsibility for prior period taxes of the Integra consolidated tax reporting group between us and Integra. Under this allocation, we may be responsible for
taxes that we would not have otherwise incurred, or that we would have incurred but in different amounts and/or at different times, on a standalone basis
outside of the Integra consolidated group, and the amount of such taxes could be significant. If Integra is unable to pay any prior period taxes for which it is
responsible, we could have to pay the entire amount of such taxes.

We have overlapping board membership with Integra, which may lead to conflicting interests, and one of our directors continues to own a substantial
amount of Integra common stock and equity awards covering Integra stock.

Two of our board members also serve as board members of Integra. Our directors who are members of Integra’s board of directors have fiduciary duties
to Integra’s stockholders, as well as fiduciary duties to our stockholders. In addition, several of our directors own or have rights to acquire Integra common
stock (in at least one case, a substantial amount).

As  a  result  of  the  foregoing,  there  may  be  the  appearance  of  a  conflict  of  interest  and  there  is  the  potential  for  a  conflict  of  interest  with  respect  to
matters involving or affecting both companies, such as when we or Integra consider acquisitions and other corporate opportunities that may be suitable for
each company. In addition, potential conflicts of interest could arise in connection with the resolution of any dispute that may arise between Integra and us
regarding the terms of the agreements governing our separation from Integra, the Tax Matters Agreement or under other agreements between Integra and us,
including with respect to indemnification matters. From time to time, we may enter into transactions with Integra and/or its subsidiaries or other affiliates.
There can be no assurance that the terms of any such transactions will be as favorable to us, Integra or any of our or their subsidiaries or affiliates as would be
the case were there no overlapping board membership or ownership interest.

Risks Relating to our Financial Results and need for Financing

Our sales volumes and our operating results may fluctuate.

Our sales volumes and our operating results, including components of operating results, such as gross margin and cost of goods sold, have fluctuated in
the past and may fluctuate from time to time in the future, including over the course of a fiscal year, and such fluctuations could affect our stock price. Some
factors that may cause these fluctuations include:

•

•

economic conditions worldwide, which could affect the ability of hospitals and other customers to purchase our products and could result
in a reduction in elective and non-reimbursed operative procedures;
increased competition;

27

• market acceptance of our existing products, as well as products in development, and the demand for, and pricing of, our products and the

•
•
•

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

•

•
•

•

•

•
•

products of our competitors;
costs, benefits and timing of new product introductions;
the timing of or failure to obtain regulatory clearances or approvals for new products;
lost sales and other expenses resulting from stoppages in our or third parties’ production, including as a result of product recalls or field
corrective actions;
the availability and cost of components and materials, including raw materials such as human tissue;
accurate predictions of product demand and production capabilities sufficient to meet that demand;
our ability to realize expected yield improvements and scrap reduction initiatives that we have undertaken at our Irvine facility;
higher than anticipated independent sales agent commissions;
our ability to purchase or manufacture and ship our products efficiently and in sufficient quantities to meet sales demands;
the timing of our research and development expenditures;
expenditures for major initiatives;
reimbursement,  changes  in  reimbursement  or  denials  in  coverage  for  our  products  by  third-party  payors,  such  as  Medicare,  Medicaid,
private and public health insurers and foreign governmental health systems;
the  ability  of  our  independent  sales  agents  and  stocking  distributors  to  achieve  expected  sales  targets  and  for  new  agents  and  stocking
distributors to become familiar with our products in a timely manner;
peer-reviewed publications discussing the clinical effectiveness of our products;
inspections of our manufacturing facilities for compliance with the FDA's Quality System Regulations (Good Manufacturing Practices),
which could result in Form 483 observations, warning letters, injunctions or other adverse findings from the FDA or equivalent foreign
regulatory bodies, and corrective actions, procedural changes and other actions, including product recalls, that we determine are necessary
or appropriate to address the results of those inspections, any of which may affect production and our ability to supply our customers with
our products;
the costs to comply with new regulations from the FDA or equivalent foreign regulatory bodies, such as the requirements to establish a
unique device identification system to adequately identify medical devices through their distribution and use;
the increased regulatory scrutiny of certain of our products, including products we manufacture for others, which could result in their being
removed from the market;
fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates; and
the  impact  of  acquisitions,  including  the  impact  of  goodwill  and  intangible  asset  impairment  charges,  if  future  operating  results  of  the
acquired businesses are significantly less than the results anticipated at the time of the acquisitions.

In addition, we may experience meaningful variability in our sales and gross profit among quarters, as well as within each quarter, as a result of several

factors, including but not limited to (and in addition to those listed above):

•
•
•

the number of products sold in the quarter;
the unpredictability of sales of full sets of spinal implants and instruments to our international stocking distributors; and
the number of selling days in the quarter.

We must maintain high levels of inventory, which could consume a significant amount of our resources and reduce our cash flows.

Because we maintain substantial inventory levels to meet the needs of our customers, we are subject to the risk of inventory excess, obsolescence and
shelf-life expiration. Many of our spinal implant products come in sets. Each set includes a significant number of components in various sizes so that the
surgeon may select the appropriate spinal implant based on the patient’s needs. In a typical surgery, not all of the implants in the set are used, and therefore
certain  sizes  of  implants  placed  in  the  set  or  that  we  purchase  for  replenishment  inventory  may  become  obsolete  before  they  can  be  used.  In  addition,  to
market our products effectively, we often must provide hospitals and independent sales agents with consigned sets that typically consist of spinal implants and
instruments, including products to ensure redundancy and products of different sizes. Further, our orthobiologics products have a sterilization expiration date,
which  ranges  from  one  to  five  years,  and  these  products  may  expire  before  they  can  be  used.  If  a  substantial  portion  of  our  inventory  is  deemed  excess,
becomes obsolete or expires, it could have a material adverse effect on our earnings and cash flows due to the resulting costs associated with the inventory
impairment charges and costs required to replace

28

such inventory. Further, as we increasingly launch new products and product systems, we may cannibalize older products and product systems, which could
exacerbate excess and obsolete charges.

Our future financial results could be adversely affected by impairments or other charges.

We  assess  periodically  impairment  of  our  long-lived  assets,  including  finite-lived  intangible  assets,  whenever  events  or  changes  in  circumstances
indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. As of December 31, 2019, we had $19.2 million of net finite-lived intangible assets, consisting of
technology and customer relationships. In addition, we continually assess the profitability of our product lines and, after such assessment, may discontinue
certain  products  or  product  lines  in  the  future.  As  a  result,  we  may  record  impairment  charges  or  accelerate  amortization  on  certain  technology-related
intangible assets in the future. Impairment charges as a result of any of the foregoing could be significant and could have a material and adverse effect on our
reported financial results for the period in which the charge is taken, which could have a material and adverse effect on the market price of our common stock.

Continuing economic instability, including challenges faced by European countries, may adversely affect the ability of hospitals and other customers to
access funds or otherwise have available liquidity, which could reduce orders for our products or impede our ability to obtain new customers, particularly
in European markets.

Continuing economic instability, including challenges faced by European countries, may adversely affect the ability of hospitals and other customers to
access funds to enable them to fund their operating budgets. As a result, hospitals and other customers may reduce budgets or put all or part of their budgets
on  hold  or  close  their  operations,  which  could  have  a  negative  effect  on  our  sales  and  could  impede  our  ability  to  obtain  new  customers,  particularly  in
European markets. Governmental austerity policies in Europe and other markets have reduced and could continue to reduce the amount of money available to
purchase  medical  products,  including  our  products.  If  such  conditions  persist,  they  could  have  a  material  and  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial
condition and results of operations.

Our future capital needs are uncertain and we may need to raise additional funds in the future, and such funds may not be available on acceptable terms
or at all.

We believe that our cash, investments and the amount currently available to us under our amended and restated credit agreement with Wells Fargo, N.A.
will be sufficient to meet our projected operating requirements over the next 12 months. That said, continued expansion of our business will be expensive, and
we likely will seek additional capital. Our capital requirements will depend on many factors, including, but not limited to:

•
•
•
•
•
•

•
•
•
•
•

•

the revenue generated by sales of our products;
the costs associated with expanding our sales and marketing efforts;
the expenses we incur in procuring, manufacturing and selling our products;
the scope, rate of progress and cost of our clinical studies;
the cost of obtaining and maintaining regulatory approval or clearance of our products and products in development;
the costs associated with complying with state, federal and international laws and regulations, including increased costs associated with the
United Kingdom's exit from the European Union and the European Union's new Medical Device Regulations;
the cost of filing and prosecuting patent applications and defending and enforcing our patent and other intellectual property rights;
the cost of defending, in litigation or otherwise, any claims that we infringe third-party patent or other intellectual property rights;
the cost of enforcing or defending against non-competition claims;
the number and timing of acquisitions and other strategic transactions;
the costs associated with increased capital expenditures, including fixed asset purchases of instrument sets which we consign to hospitals
and independent sales agents to support surgeries; and
anticipated and unanticipated general and administrative expenses, including insurance expenses.

We may seek to raise additional capital to:

• maintain, and, where necessary, increase appropriate product inventory and spinal instruments levels;
•
•

fund our operations and clinical studies;
continue, and, where appropriate, increase our research and development activities;

29

•

•

•
•

file, prosecute and defend our intellectual property rights, and defend, in litigation or otherwise, any claims that we infringe third-party
patents or other intellectual property rights;
address  the  FDA  or  other  governmental,  legal  or  enforcement  actions  and  remediate  underlying  problems  and  address  investigations  or
inquiries into sales and marketing practices from governmental agencies worldwide;
commercialize our new products, if any such products receive regulatory clearance or approval for sale; and
acquire companies' new products, technology or intellectual property.

Such capital, which we may seek to raise through public or private equity offerings, issuing debt or existing, expanded or new credit facilities, or other
sources, may not be available to us on favorable terms, or at all. For example, LIBOR is one of the reference rates under our credit agreement and is the
subject of recent proposals for reform that could impact the interest rate we pay under the credit agreement.  To the extent we have outstanding borrowings
under the credit agreement at the time a LIBOR alternative becomes applicable, our borrowing costs under the credit agreement may increase. In addition, our
credit agreement prohibits us from incurring indebtedness without the lender’s consent. If we issue equity securities to raise additional capital, our existing
stockholders may experience dilution, and the new equity securities may have rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of our existing stockholders.
See “Risks Relating to Owning Our Common Stock-Your percentage of ownership in us may be diluted in the future and issuances of substantial amounts of
our common stock, or the perception that such issuances may occur, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline significantly, even if our
business is performing well.,” and “Risks Relating to Owning Our Common Stock-We may issue preferred stock with terms that could dilute the voting power
or  reduce  the  value  of  our  common  stock,”  below.  If  we  raise  additional  capital  through  collaboration,  licensing  or  other  similar  arrangements,  it  may  be
necessary to relinquish valuable rights to our products, potential products or proprietary technologies, or grant licenses on terms that are not favorable to us. If
we cannot raise capital on acceptable terms, we may not be able to develop or enhance our products, execute our business plan, take advantage of future
opportunities or respond to competitive pressures, changes in our supplier relationships or unanticipated customer requirements. Any of these events could
adversely affect our ability to achieve our business and financial goals or to achieve or maintain profitability, and could have a material and adverse effect on
our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Risks Relating to our Regulatory Environment

We are subject to stringent domestic and foreign medical device regulation and any adverse regulatory action may materially and adversely affect our
financial condition and business operations.

Our  products,  development  activities  and  manufacturing  processes  are  subject  to  extensive  and  rigorous  regulation  by  numerous  federal  and  state
government agencies, including the FDA and comparable foreign agencies. To varying degrees, each agency monitors and enforces our compliance with laws
and regulations governing the development, testing, manufacturing, labeling, marketing and distribution of our products. For example, we must comply with
the  FDA’s  Quality  System  Regulation,  which  mandates  that  manufacturers  of  medical  devices  adhere  to  certain  quality  assurance  standards  pertaining  to,
among other things, validation of manufacturing processes, controls for purchasing product components and documentation practices.

In addition, we must engage in extensive recordkeeping and reporting. For example, the Federal Medical Device Reporting regulation requires us to
provide information to the FDA whenever there is evidence that reasonably suggests that a device may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury
or that a malfunction occurred that would be likely to cause or contribute to a death or serious injury upon recurrence.

Compliance with applicable regulatory requirements is subject to continual review and we must make our manufacturing facilities and records available
for periodic unscheduled inspections by governmental agencies, including the FDA, state authorities and comparable agencies in other countries. If we fail to
pass an FDA Quality System Regulation inspection or to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, we may receive a notice of a violation in the form
of inspectional observations on Form FDA 483, a warning letter, or could otherwise be required to take corrective action and, in severe cases, we could suffer
a disruption of our operations and manufacturing delays. If we fail to take adequate corrective actions, we could be subject to enforcement actions, including
significant fines, suspension of approvals, seizures or recalls of products, operating restrictions and criminal prosecutions.

The FDA has increased its scrutiny of the medical device industry in recent years and the government is expected to continue to scrutinize the industry
closely. Moreover, allegations may be made against us or against our suppliers, including donor recovery groups or tissue banks, claiming that the acquisition
or  processing  of  biomaterials  products  does  not  comply  with  applicable  FDA  regulations  or  other  relevant  statutes  and  regulations.  Allegations  like  these
could  cause  regulators  or  other  authorities  to  investigate  or  take  other  action  against  us  or  our  suppliers,  or  could  cause  negative  publicity  for  us  or  our
industry generally. If the FDA were to investigate us, because of an allegation or otherwise, and if the FDA were to conclude that we are not in compliance
with applicable laws or regulations, or that any of our medical devices are ineffective or pose an unreasonable health risk, the FDA

30

could ban such medical devices, detain or seize such medical devices, order a recall, repair, replacement or refund of such devices, require us to notify health
professionals and others that the devices present unreasonable risks of substantial harm to the public health, restrict manufacturing and impose other operating
restrictions, enjoin and restrain certain violations of applicable law pertaining to medical devices and assess civil or criminal penalties against our officers,
employees or us. The FDA may also recommend prosecution to the U.S. Department of Justice. Any notice or communication from the FDA regarding a
failure to comply with applicable requirements, or negative publicity or product liability claims resulting from any adverse regulatory action, could materially
and adversely affect our product sales and overall business.

The European Union adopted the EU Medical Device Regulation (“MDR”) in 2017, which will replace the existing medical device directives in May
2020. Devices with valid CE certificates issued under the directive before May 2020 may remain on the market until their certificates expire (but no later than
May 2024). The MDR will change many aspects of the existing regulatory framework, imposing stricter pre-market and post-market requirements for medical
devices such as ours. Penalties may be severe, including fines and criminal sanctions. Compliance with the new regulations may require us to incur significant
costs, and failure to meet the requirements could limit our ability to distribute products in the European Union.

Further,  our  suppliers  also  are  subject  to  a  wide  array  of  regulatory  and  other  requirements,  including  quality  control,  quality  assurance  and  the
maintenance of records and documentation. Our suppliers may be unable to comply with these requirements and with other FDA, state and foreign regulatory
requirements. We have little control over their ongoing compliance with these regulations. Their failure to comply may expose us to regulatory action and
other  liability,  including  fines  and  civil  penalties,  suspension  of  production,  suspension  or  delay  in  new  product  approval  or  clearance,  product  seizure  or
recall, or withdrawal of product approval or clearance.

There is no guarantee that the FDA will grant 510(k) clearance or premarket approval, or that equivalent foreign regulatory authorities will grant the
foreign equivalent, of our future products, and failure to obtain necessary clearances or approvals for our future products would adversely affect our
ability to grow our business.

In general, unless an exemption applies, a medical device and modifications to the device or its indications must receive either premarket approval or
premarket clearance from the FDA before it can be marketed in the U.S. While in the past we have received such clearances, we may not succeed in the future
in receiving approvals and clearances in a timely manner, or at all. The process of obtaining approval or clearance from the FDA and comparable foreign
regulatory agencies for new products, or for enhancements or modifications to existing products, could:

•
•
•
•
•

take significant time;
require the expenditure of substantial resources;
involve rigorous and expensive pre-clinical and clinical testing, as well as post-market surveillance;
involve modifications, repairs or replacements of our products; and
result in limitations on the indicated uses of our products.

Some of our new products will require FDA 510(k) clearance or approval of a premarket approval application, or PMA, prior to being marketed. Any
modification to a 510(k)-cleared device that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, including significant design and manufacturing changes, or
that would constitute a major change in its intended use, design or manufacture, requires a new 510(k) clearance or, possibly, approval of a PMA. Similarly,
modifications to PMA-approved products may require submission and approval of a supplement PMA. The FDA requires every manufacturer to determine
whether a new 510(k) or supplement PMA is needed in the first instance, and the FDA has issued guidance on assessing modifications to 510(k)-cleared and
PMA-approved devices to assist manufacturers with making these determinations. However, the FDA may review any such determination and the FDA may
not agree with our determinations regarding whether new clearances or approvals are necessary. We have modified some of our 510(k)-cleared products and
have determined, based on our understanding of FDA guidance, that certain changes did not require new 510(k) clearances. If the FDA disagrees with our
determination and requires us to seek new 510(k) clearances, or PMA approval, for modifications to our cleared products, we may have to stop marketing or
distributing our products, we may need to recall the modified product until we obtain clearance or approval, and we may be subject to significant regulatory
fines or penalties. Significant delays in receiving clearance or approval, or failing to receive clearance or approval for our new products would have a material
and adverse effect on our ability to expand our business.

Outside the U.S., clearance or approval procedures can vary among countries and can involve additional product testing and validation and additional
administrative review periods. The time required to obtain clearance or approval in other countries might differ from that required to obtain FDA clearance or
approval.  The  regulatory  process  in  other  countries  may  include  all  of  the  risks  to  which  we  are  exposed  in  the  U.S.,  as  well  as  other  risks.  Favorable
regulatory action in one country does not ensure favorable regulatory action in another, but a failure or delay in obtaining regulatory clearance or approval in
one country may have

31

a  negative  effect  on  the  regulatory  process  in  others.  Failure  to  obtain  clearance  or  approval  in  other  countries  or  any  delay  or  setback  in  obtaining  such
clearance  or  approval  have  a  material  and  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  including  that  our  products  may  not  be  cleared  or  approved  for  all  indications
requested, which could limit the uses of our products and have an adverse effect on product sales.

In the EEA, we must inform the Notified Body that carried out the conformity assessment of the medical devices we market or sell in the EEA of any
planned substantial change to our quality system or any change to our devices that could affect compliance with the Essential Requirements laid down in
Annex I to the Medical Devices Directive or the devices’ intended purpose. The Notified Body will then assess the change and verify whether it affects the
products’ conformity with the Essential Requirements or the conditions for the use of the device. If the assessment is favorable, the Notified Body will issue a
new CE Certificate of Conformity or an addendum to the existing CE Certificate of Conformity attesting compliance with the Essential Requirements. If it is
not, we may not be able to continue to market and sell the applicable product in the EEA, which could have a material and adverse effect on our business,
results of operations and financial condition.

We cannot be certain that we will receive required approval or clearance from the FDA and foreign regulatory agencies for new products, including
modifications  to  existing  products,  on  a  timely  basis,  or  at  all.  Failing  to  receive  approval  or  clearance  for  new  products  on  a  timely  basis  would  have  a
material and adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Certain of our products are derived from human tissue and are or could be subject to additional regulations and requirements.

Some of our orthobiologics products are derived from human bone tissue, and as a result are also subject to FDA and certain state regulations regarding
human cells, tissues and cellular or tissue-based products, or HCT/Ps. An HCT/P is a product containing or consisting of human cells or tissue intended for
transplantation into a human patient. Examples include bone, ligament, skin and cornea.

Some  HCT/Ps  also  meet  the  definition  of  a  biological  product,  medical  device  or  drug  regulated  under  the  Federal  Food,  Drug  and  Cosmetic  Act.
Section 361 of the Public Health Service Act authorizes the FDA to issue regulations to prevent the introduction, transmission or spread of communicable
disease. HCT/Ps regulated as “361 HCT/Ps” are subject to requirements relating to registering facilities and listing products with the FDA, screening and
testing for tissue donor eligibility, Good Tissue Practice when processing, storing, labeling and distributing HCT/Ps, including required labeling information,
stringent record keeping and adverse event reporting. These biologic, device or drug HCT/Ps must comply both with the requirements exclusively applicable
to 361 HCT/Ps and, in addition, with requirements applicable to biologics, devices or drugs, including premarket clearance or approval. We have received
required approvals for our products regulated as 361 HCT/Ps. However, there have been occasions in the past, and there could be occasions in the future,
when the FDA requires us to obtain a 510(k) clearance for our products regulated as 361 HCT/Ps. The process of obtaining a 510(k) clearance could take time
and consume resources, and failing to receive such a clearance would render us unable to market and sell such products, which could have a material and
adverse effect on our business.

The  American  Association  of  Tissue  Banks  has  issued  operating  standards  for  tissue  banking.  Accreditation  is  voluntary,  but  compliance  with  these
standards is a requirement to become a licensed tissue bank. In addition, some states have their own tissue banking regulations. In addition, procurement of
certain human organs and tissue for transplantation is subject to the National Organ Transplant Act, or NOTA, which prohibits the transfer of certain human
organs,  including  skin  and  related  tissue,  for  valuable  consideration,  but  permits  the  reasonable  payment  associated  with  the  removal,  transportation,
implantation, processing, preservation, quality control and storage of human tissue and skin. We reimburse tissue banks for their expenses associated with the
recovery, storage and transportation of donated human tissue they provide to us for processing. We include in our pricing structure amounts paid to tissue
banks  to  reimburse  them  for  their  expenses  associated  with  the  recovery  and  transportation  of  the  tissue,  in  addition  to  certain  costs  associated  with
processing, preservation, quality control and storage of the tissue, marketing and medical education expenses and costs associated with development of tissue
processing  technologies.  NOTA  payment  allowances  may  be  interpreted  to  limit  the  amount  of  costs  and  expenses  we  can  recover  in  our  pricing  for  our
products, thereby reducing our future revenue and profitability. If we were to be found to have violated NOTA’s prohibition on the sale or transfer of human
tissue for valuable consideration, we would potentially be subject to criminal enforcement sanctions, which could materially and adversely affect our results
of operations.

Because of the absence of a harmonized regulatory framework and the proposed regulation for advanced therapy medicinal products in the European
Union, or EU, as well as for other countries, the approval process in the EU for human-derived cell or tissue-based medical products could be extensive,
lengthy,  expensive  and  unpredictable.  Among  others,  some  of  our  orthobiologics  products  are  subject  to  EU  member  states’  regulations  that  govern  the
donation,  procurement,  testing,  coding,  traceability,  processing,  preservation,  storage  and  distribution  of  HCT/Ps.  These  EU  member  states’  regulations
include requirements for

32

registration, listing, labeling, adverse-event reporting and inspection and enforcement. Some EU member states have their own tissue banking regulations.
Non-compliance with various regulations governing our products in any EU member state could result in the banning of our products in such member state or
enforcement actions being brought against us, which could have a material and adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Certain of our products contain materials derived from animal sources and may become subject to additional regulation.

Certain  of  our  products  contain  material  derived  from  bovine  tissue.  Products  that  contain  materials  derived  from  animal  sources,  including  food,
pharmaceuticals  and  medical  devices,  are  subject  to  scrutiny  in  the  media  and  by  regulatory  authorities.  Regulatory  authorities  are  concerned  about  the
potential for the transmission of disease from animals to humans via those materials. In past years, public scrutiny was particularly acute in Western Europe
with  respect  to  products  derived  from  animal  sources,  largely  due  to  concern  that  materials  infected  with  the  agent  that  causes  bovine  spongiform
encephalopathy, or BSE, otherwise known as mad cow disease, may, if ingested or implanted, cause a variant of the human Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease, an
ultimately fatal disease with no known cure. Cases of BSE in cattle discovered in Canada and the U.S. increased awareness in North America.

We  take  steps  designed  to  minimize  the  risk  that  our  products  contain  agents  that  can  cause  disease,  such  as  obtaining  our  collagen  from  countries
considered  BSE-free.  Nevertheless,  products  that  contain  materials  derived  from  animals,  including  our  products,  could  become  subject  to  additional
regulation, or even be banned in certain countries, because of concern over the potential for the transmission of infectious or other agents. Significant new
regulation, or a ban of our products, could have a material and adverse effect on our business or our ability to expand our business.

Certain countries, such as Japan, China, Taiwan and Argentina, have issued regulations that require our collagen products be processed from bovine
tendon sourced from countries where no cases of BSE have occurred. The collagen raw material we use in our products is sourced from New Zealand. Our
supplier  has  obtained  approval  from  certain  countries,  including  the  U.S.,  the  European  Union,  Japan,  Taiwan,  China  and  Argentina,  for  the  use  of  such
collagen raw material in products sold in those countries. If we cannot continue to obtain collagen raw material from a qualified source of tendon from a
country that has never had a case of BSE, we will not be permitted to sell our collagen products in certain countries, which could have a material and adverse
effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Clinical studies are expensive and subject to extensive regulation and their results may not support our product candidate claims or may result in the
discovery of adverse effects.

In  developing  new  products  or  new  indications  for,  or  modifications  to,  existing  products,  we  may  conduct  or  sponsor  pre-clinical  testing,  clinical
studies or other clinical research. We are conducting post-market clinical studies of some of our products to gather information about their performance or
optimal use. The data collected from these clinical studies may ultimately be used to support additional market clearance or approval for these products or
future products. If any of our new products require premarket clinical studies, these studies are expensive, the outcomes are inherently uncertain and they are
subject to extensive regulation and review by numerous governmental authorities both in the U.S. and abroad, including by the FDA and, if federal funds are
involved or if an investigator or site has signed a federal assurance, are subject to further regulation by the Office for Human Research Protections and the
National  Institutes  of  Health.  For  example,  clinical  studies  must  be  conducted  in  compliance  with  FDA  regulations,  local  regulations,  and  according  to
principles  and  standards  collectively  called  “Good  Clinical  Practices.”  Failure  to  comply  with  applicable  regulations  could  result  in  regulatory  and  legal
enforcement action, including fines, penalties, suspension of studies, and also could invalidate the data and make it unusable to support an FDA submission.

Even if any of our future premarket clinical studies are completed as planned, we cannot be certain that their results will support our product candidates
and/or proposed claims or that the FDA or foreign authorities and Notified Bodies will agree with our interpretation and conclusions regarding the data they
generate. Success in pre-clinical studies and early clinical studies does not ensure that later clinical studies will succeed, and we cannot be sure that the results
of  later  studies  will  replicate  those  of  earlier  or  prior  studies.  The  clinical  study  process  may  fail  to  demonstrate  that  our  product  candidates  are  safe  and
effective  for  the  proposed  indicated  uses,  which  could  cause  us  to  abandon  a  product  candidate  and  may  delay  development  of  others.  Any  delay  or
termination of our clinical studies will delay the filing of our product submissions and, ultimately, our ability to commercialize our product candidates and
generate revenues. It is also possible that patient subjects enrolled in our clinical studies of our marketed products will experience adverse side effects that are
not currently part of the product candidate’s profile and, if so, these findings may result in lower market acceptance, which could have a material and adverse
effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

33

If the third parties on which we rely to conduct our clinical studies and to assist us with pre-clinical development do not perform as contractually required
or expected, we may not obtain regulatory clearance, approval or a CE Certificate of Conformity for or commercialize our products.

We often must rely on third parties, such as contract research organizations, medical institutions, clinical investigators and contract laboratories, to assist
in conducting our clinical studies and other development activities. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties, comply with
applicable regulatory obligations or meet expected deadlines, or if these third parties need to be replaced, or if the quality or accuracy of the data they obtain
is compromised due to failing to adhere to clinical protocols, to applicable regulatory requirements or otherwise, our pre-clinical development activities and
clinical studies may be extended, delayed, suspended or terminated. Under these circumstances, we may not be able to obtain regulatory clearance/approval or
a CE Certificate of Conformity for, or successfully commercialize, our products on a timely basis, if at all, and our business, operating results and prospects
may be materially and adversely affected.

Oversight of the medical device industry might affect the way we sell medical devices and compete in the marketplace.

The FDA, the U.S. Office of the Inspector General for the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, the U.S. Department of Justice and other
regulatory agencies actively enforce regulations prohibiting the promotion of a medical device for a use that has not been cleared or approved by the FDA.
Use of a device outside its cleared or approved indications is known as “off-label” use. Physicians may prescribe our products for off-label uses, as the FDA
does  not  restrict  or  regulate  a  physician’s  choice  of  treatment  within  the  practice  of  medicine.  However,  if  a  regulatory  agency  determines  that  our
promotional  materials,  training  or  activities  constitute  improper  promotion  of  an  off-label  use,  the  regulatory  agency  could  request  that  we  modify  our
promotional materials, training or activities, or subject us to regulatory enforcement actions, including the issuance of a warning letter, injunction, seizure,
civil  fine  and/or  criminal  penalties.  Although  our  policy  is  to  refrain  from  statements  and  activities  that  could  be  considered  off-label  promotion  of  our
products, any regulatory agency could disagree and conclude that we have engaged in off-label promotion and, potentially, caused the submission of false
claims. In addition, the off-label use of our products may increase the risk of injury to patients, and, in turn, the risk of product liability claims. See “Risks
Relating to our Business-We may have significant product liability exposure and our insurance may not cover all potential claims,” above.

There  are  also  multiple  other  laws  and  regulations  that  govern  how  companies  in  the  healthcare  industry  may  market  their  products  to  healthcare
professionals  and  may  compete  by  discounting  the  prices  of  their  products,  including,  for  example,  the  federal  Anti-Kickback  Statute,  the  federal  False
Claims  Act,  the  federal  Health  Insurance  Portability  and  Accountability  Act  of  1996,  state  law  equivalents  to  these  federal  laws  that  are  meant  to  protect
against  fraud  and  abuse,  the  Foreign  Corrupt  Practices  Act  of  1977  and  analogous  laws  in  foreign  countries.  Violations  of  these  laws  are  punishable  by
criminal and civil sanctions, including, but not limited to, penalties, fines and exclusion from participation in federal and state healthcare programs, including
Medicare  and  Medicaid,  and  imprisonment.  Federal  and  state  government  agencies,  as  well  as  private  whistleblowers,  have  significantly  increased
investigations  and  enforcement  activity  under  these  laws.  Although  we  exercise  care  in  structuring  our  sales  and  marketing  practices,  customer  discount
arrangements and interactions with healthcare professionals to comply with these laws and regulations, we cannot provide assurance that government officials
will not assert that our practices are in compliance or that government regulators or courts will interpret those laws or regulations in a manner consistent with
our interpretation. Even if an investigation is unsuccessful or is not fully pursued, we may spend considerable time and resources defending ourselves and the
adverse publicity surrounding any assertion that we may have engaged in violative conduct could have a material and adverse effect on our reputation with
existing and potential customers and on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Federal  and  state  laws  are  also  sometimes  open  to  interpretation,  and  from  time  to  time  we  may  find  ourselves  at  a  competitive  disadvantage  if  our
interpretation differs from that of our competitors. AdvaMed (U.S.), EucoMed (Europe), MEDEC (Canada) and MTAA (Australia), some of the principal
trade associations for the medical device industry, have promulgated model codes of ethics that set forth standards by which its members should (and non-
member companies may) abide in the promotion of their products in various regions. We have implemented policies and procedures for compliance consistent
with  those  promulgated  by  these  associations,  and  we  train  our  sales  and  marketing  personnel  on  our  policies  regarding  sales  and  marketing  practices.
Nevertheless, the sales and marketing practices of our industry have been the subject of increased scrutiny from federal and state government agencies, we
believe this trend will continue and that it could affect our ability to retain customers and other relationships important to our business.

For example, prosecutorial scrutiny and governmental oversight, at both the state and federal levels, over some major device companies regarding the
retention  of  healthcare  professionals  have  limited  how  medical  device  companies  may  retain  healthcare  professionals  as  consultants.  Various  hospital
organizations,  medical  societies  and  trade  associations  are  establishing  their  own  practices  that  may  require  detailed  disclosures  of  relationships  between
healthcare professionals and medical device companies or ban or restrict certain marketing and sales practices, such as gifts and business meals. In addition,
the Affordable Care Act, as

34

well as certain state laws, require detailed disclosure of certain financial relationships, gifts and other remuneration made to certain healthcare professionals
and teaching hospitals, the publicity surrounding which could have a negative impact on our relationships with our customers and ability to seek input on
product design or involvement in research. As a result of laws, rules and regulations or our own or third-party policies that prohibit or restrict interactions, or
the  growing  perception  that  any  interaction  between  healthcare  professionals  and  industry  are  tainted,  we  may  be  unable  to  engage  with  our  healthcare
professional  customers  in  the  same  manner  or  to  the  same  degree,  or  at  all,  as  would  otherwise  be  the  case,  which  may  adversely  affect  our  ability  to
understand  our  customer’s  needs  and  to  incorporate  into  our  development  programs  feedback  that  addresses  these  needs.  If  we  are  unable  to  develop  and
commercialize new products that address the needs of our surgeon customers and their patients, our products may not be broadly accepted in the marketplace,
or at all, which would have a negative effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Unfavorable media reports or other negative publicity concerning both alleged improper methods of tissue recovery from donors and disease transmission
from donated tissue could limit widespread acceptance of some of our products.

Unfavorable reports of improper or illegal tissue recovery practices, both in the U.S. and internationally, as well as incidents of improperly processed
tissue leading to the transmission of disease, may affect the rate of future tissue donation and market acceptance of technologies incorporating human tissue.
In addition, negative publicity could cause the families of potential donors to become reluctant to donate tissue to for-profit tissue processors. For example,
the media has reported examples of alleged illegal harvesting of body parts from cadavers and resulting recalls conducted by certain companies selling human
tissue-based products affected by the alleged illegal harvesting. These reports and others could have a negative effect on our tissue regeneration business.

Our international operations subject us to laws regarding sanctioned countries, entities and persons, customs and import-export practices, laws regarding
transactions in foreign countries, the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 and local anti-bribery and other laws regarding interactions with healthcare
professionals, and product registration requirements.

Foreign governmental regulations have become increasingly stringent and more common, and we may become subject to even more rigorous regulation by
foreign governmental authorities. Numerous laws restrict, and in some cases prohibit, U.S. companies from directly or indirectly selling goods, technology or
services to people or entities in certain countries. In addition, these laws require that we exercise care in structuring our sales and marketing practices and
effecting product registrations in foreign countries. Compliance with these regulations is costly.

The  U.S.  Foreign  Corrupt  Practices  Act  of  1977,  or  FCPA,  and  similar  anti-bribery  laws  in  non-U.S.  jurisdictions  generally  prohibit  companies  and  their
intermediaries  from  making  improper  payments  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining  or  retaining  business.  The  FCPA  also  imposes  accounting  standards  and
requirements on publicly traded U.S. corporations and their foreign affiliates, which are intended to prevent the diversion of corporate funds to the payment of
bribes  and  other  improper  payments.  Because  of  the  predominance  of  government-sponsored  healthcare  systems  around  the  world,  many  of  our  customer
relationships outside of the United States are with governmental entities and are therefore subject to such anti-bribery laws. Our internal control policies and
procedures may not always protect us from reckless or criminal acts committed by our employee shareowners, or agents. In recent years, both the United
States and foreign government regulators have increased regulation, enforcement, inspections and governmental investigations of the medical device industry,
including  increased  United  States  government  oversight  and  enforcement  of  the  FCPA.  Despite  implementation  of  a  comprehensive  global  healthcare
compliance program, we may be subject to more regulation, enforcement, inspections and investigations by governmental authorities in the future.

Any failure to comply with applicable foreign legal and regulatory obligations could adversely affect us in a variety of ways, that include, but are not limited
to: the suspension or withdrawal of our CE Certificates of Conformity; the imposition of significant criminal, civil and administrative fines and penalties,
including revocation or suspension of a business license and imprisonment of individuals; denial of export privileges; seizure of shipments and restrictions on
certain business activities; disgorgement and other remedial measures; disruptions of our operations; and significant management distraction.

Regulations related to “conflict minerals” may force us to incur additional expenses, may make our supply chain more
complex and may result in damage to our reputation with customers.

We are subject to SEC regulations that require us to determine whether our products contain certain specified minerals, referred to under the regulations as
“conflict  minerals,”  and,  if  so,  to  perform  an  extensive  inquiry  into  our  supply  chain,  to  determine  whether  such  conflict  minerals  originate  from  the
Democratic Republic of Congo or an adjoining country. We have determined that certain of our products contain such specified minerals. We are continuing
to conduct inquiries into our supply chain in connection with the preparation of our conflict minerals report for 2019. Compliance with these regulations has
increased our costs

35

and  has  been  time-consuming  for  our  management  and  our  supply  chain  personnel  (and  time-consuming  for  our  suppliers),  and  we  expect  that  continued
compliance will continue to require significant money and time. In addition, to the extent any of our disclosures are perceived by the market to be “negative,”
it may cause customers to refuse to purchase our products. Further, if we determine to make any changes to products, processes, or sources of supply, it may
result in additional costs, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to requirements relating to hazardous materials which may impose significant compliance or other costs on us.

Our  research,  development  and  manufacturing  processes  involve  the  controlled  use  of  certain  hazardous  materials.  For  example,  our  allograft  bone
tissue processing may generate waste materials that in the U.S. are classified as medical waste. In addition, we lease facilities at which hazardous materials
could  have  been  used.  Because  of  the  foregoing,  we  are  subject  to  federal,  state,  foreign  and  local  laws  and  regulations  governing  the  use,  manufacture,
storage, handling, treatment, remediation and disposal of hazardous materials and certain waste products.

Although  we  believe  that  our  procedures  for  handling  and  disposing  of  hazardous  materials  comply  with  applicable  laws  as  currently  in  effect,  we
cannot eliminate the risk of accidental contamination or injury from these materials. In addition, under some environmental laws and regulations, we could
also be held responsible for all of the costs relating to any contamination at our past or present facilities and at third-party waste disposal sites, even if such
contamination was not caused by us. If an accident occurs, state or federal or other applicable authorities may curtail our use of these materials and interrupt
our business operations. In addition, if an accident or environmental discharge occurs, or if we discover contamination caused by prior operations, including
by prior owners and operators of properties we acquire, we could be liable for cleanup obligations, damages and fines any related liability could exceed our
resources.  If  such  unexpected  costs  are  substantial,  this  could  significantly  harm  our  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations.  We  carry  no  insurance
specifically covering environmental claims relating to the use of hazardous materials.

Risks Relating to our Intellectual Property

Our  intellectual  property  rights  may  not  provide  meaningful  commercial  protection  for  our  products,  potentially  enabling  third  parties  to  use  our
technology or very similar technology in ways that could reduce our ability to compete in the marketplace.

Our success will depend in part on our ability to, both in the U.S. and in foreign countries, obtain and maintain patent and other exclusivity with respect
to our products; prevent third parties from infringing upon our proprietary rights; and maintain proprietary know-how and trade secrets. However, these legal
means afford only limited protection and may not adequately protect our rights or permit us to gain or keep any competitive advantage.

We  own  or  have  licensed  patents  that  cover  aspects  of  some  of  our  product  lines.  Our  patents,  however,  may  not  provide  us  with  any  significant
competitive advantage. Others may challenge our patents and, as a result, our patents could be narrowed, invalidated or rendered unenforceable. Competitors
may develop products similar to ours that our patents do not cover. In addition, our current and future patent applications may not result in the issuance of
patents in the U.S. or foreign countries. Further, there is a substantial backlog of patent applications at the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, and the approval
or rejection of patent applications may take several years.

In an effort to protect our trade secrets and intellectual property rights, we require our employees, consultants and advisors to execute confidentiality and
invention assignment agreements upon commencement of employment or consulting relationships with us. These agreements provide that, except in specified
circumstances, all confidential information developed or made known to the individual during their relationship with us must be kept confidential. We cannot
assure you, however, that these agreements will meaningfully protect our trade secrets or other proprietary information in the event of the unauthorized use or
disclosure  of  confidential  information.  In  addition,  we  cannot  assure  you  that  others  will  not  independently  develop  substantially  equivalent  proprietary
information and procedures or otherwise gain access to our trade secrets, that our trade secrets will not be disclosed or that we can otherwise protect our rights
to unpatented trade secrets.

In addition to contractual measures, we try to protect the confidential nature of our proprietary information using

physical and technological security measures. Such measures may not, for example, in the case of misappropriation of a trade
secret by an employee or third party with authorized access, adequately protect our proprietary information. Our
security measures may not prevent an employee or consultant from misappropriating our trade secrets and providing them to a
competitor, and recourse we take against such misconduct may not provide an adequate remedy to protect our interests fully.
Unauthorized parties may also attempt to copy or reverse engineer certain aspects of our products that we consider proprietary.

36

Enforcing a claim that a party illegally disclosed or misappropriated a trade secret can be difficult, expensive and time-consuming, and the outcome is
unpredictable.

In  addition,  we  may  face  claims  by  third  parties  that  our  agreements  with  employees,  consultants  or  advisors  obligating  them  to  assign  intellectual
property to us are ineffective or in conflict with prior or competing contractual obligations of assignment, which could result in ownership disputes regarding
intellectual property we have developed or will develop and interfere with our ability to capture the commercial value of such intellectual property. Litigation
may be necessary to resolve an ownership dispute, and if we are unsuccessful, we may be precluded from using certain intellectual property or may lose our
exclusive  rights  in  that  intellectual  property.  Either  outcome  could  harm  our  business  and  competitive  position.  See  “If  we  seek  to  protect  or  enforce  our
intellectual  property  rights  through  litigation  or  other  proceedings,  it  could  require  us  to  spend  significant  time  and  money,  the  results  of  which  are
uncertain,” below.

Furthermore, the laws of some foreign countries may not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the U.S., if at all. Since
most of our issued patents and pending patent applications are for the U.S. only, we lack a corresponding scope of patent protection in other countries. Thus,
we may not be able to stop a competitor from marketing products in other countries that are similar to some of our products.

If  we  are  unable  to  obtain,  protect  and  enforce  patents  on  our  technology  and  to  protect  our  trade  secrets,  such  inability  could  have  a  material  and

adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our success will depend partly on our ability to operate without infringing or misappropriating the proprietary rights of others.

Our success will depend in part on our ability, both in the U.S. and in foreign countries, to operate without infringing upon the patents and proprietary

rights of others, and to obtain appropriate licenses to patents or proprietary rights held by third parties if infringement would otherwise occur.

Significant  litigation  regarding  patent  rights  occurs  in  our  industry.  Our  competitors  in  both  the  U.S.  and  abroad,  many  of  which  have  substantially
greater resources and have made substantial investments in patent portfolios and competing technologies, may have applied for or obtained or may in the
future apply for and obtain, patents that will prevent, limit or otherwise interfere with our ability to make, use and sell our products. Generally, we do not
conduct independent reviews of patents issued to third parties. In addition, patent applications in the U.S. and elsewhere can be pending for many years before
issuance,  so  there  may  be  applications  of  others  now  pending  of  which  we  are  unaware  that  may  later  result  in  issued  patents  that  will  prevent,  limit  or
otherwise interfere with our ability to make, use or sell our products. The large number of patents, the rapid rate of new patent applications and issuances, the
complexities of the technology involved, and the uncertainty of litigation increase the risk of assets and resources including management’s attention, being
diverted to patent litigation. We have received, and expect to receive, communications from various industry participants alleging our infringement of their
patents, trade secrets or other intellectual property rights and/or offering licenses to such intellectual property. Any lawsuits resulting from such allegations
could subject us to significant liability for damages and invalidate our proprietary rights. Any potential intellectual property litigation also could force us to do
one or more of the following:

•
•

•
•
•
•
•

stop making, selling or using products or technologies that allegedly infringe the asserted intellectual property;
lose  the  opportunity  to  license  our  technology  to  others  or  to  collect  royalty  payments  based  upon  successful  protection  and  assertion  of  our
intellectual property rights against others;
incur significant legal expenses;
pay substantial damages or royalties to the party whose intellectual property rights we may be found to be infringing;
pay the attorney fees and costs of litigation to the party whose intellectual property rights we may be found to be infringing;
redesign those products that contain the allegedly infringing intellectual property, which could be costly, disruptive and/or infeasible; or
attempt to obtain a license to the relevant intellectual property from third parties, which may not be available on reasonable terms or at all.

See “If we seek to protect or enforce our intellectual property rights through litigation or other proceedings, it could require us to spend significant time and
money, the results of which are uncertain,” below.

Further, as the number of participants in the spine industry grows, the possibility of intellectual property infringement claims against us increases. If we
are found to infringe the intellectual property rights of third parties, we could have to pay substantial damages (which may be increased up to three times of
awarded  damages)  and/or  substantial  royalties  and  could  be  prevented  from  selling  our  products  unless  we  obtain  a  license  or  are  able  to  redesign  our
products to avoid infringement. Any such license may

37

not be available on reasonable terms, if at all, and there can be no assurance that we would be able to redesign our products in a way that would not infringe
the intellectual property rights of others. If we fail to obtain any required licenses or make any necessary changes to our products or technologies, we may
have  to  withdraw  existing  products  from  the  market  or  may  be  unable  to  commercialize  one  or  more  of  our  products,  all  of  which  could  have  a  material
adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

In  addition,  we  generally  indemnify  our  customers  and  sales  agents  with  respect  to  infringement  by  our  products  of  the  proprietary  rights  of  third
parties. Third parties may assert infringement claims against our customers or sales agents. These claims may require us to initiate or defend protracted and
costly  litigation  on  behalf  of  our  customers  or  sales  agents,  regardless  of  the  merits  of  these  claims.  If  any  of  these  claims  succeed,  we  may  be  forced  to
indemnify,  or  pay  damages  on  behalf  of,  our  customers  or  sales  agents  or  may  have  to  obtain  licenses  for  the  products  they  use.  If  we  cannot  obtain  all
necessary licenses on commercially reasonable terms, our customers may be forced to stop using our products.

If we seek to protect or enforce our intellectual property rights through litigation or other proceedings, it could require us to spend significant time and
money, the results of which are uncertain.

To protect or enforce our intellectual property rights, we may have to initiate or defend litigation against or by third parties, such as infringement suits,
opposition proceedings or seeking a court declaration that we do not infringe the proprietary rights of others or that their rights are invalid or unenforceable.
Litigation, including defending against claims without merit is expensive and time-consuming, and could divert management attention and resources away
from our business and could harm our reputation. We may not have sufficient resources to enforce our intellectual property rights or to defend our intellectual
property rights against a challenge. Even if we prevail, the cost of litigation, including the diversion of management and other resources, could affect our
profitability and could place a significant strain on our financial resources.

Our ability to enforce our intellectual property rights depends on our ability to detect infringement. It may be difficult to detect infringers who do not
advertise the components used in their products. Moreover, it may be difficult or impossible to obtain evidence of infringement in a competitor’s or potential
competitor’s product. The medical device industry is characterized by the existence of a large number of patents and frequent litigation based on allegations
of  patent  infringement.  It  is  not  unusual  for  parties  to  exchange  letters  surrounding  allegations  of  intellectual  property  infringement  and  licensing
arrangements. In addition, the patent positions of medical device companies, including our patent position, may involve complex legal and factual questions,
and, therefore, the scope, validity and enforceability of any patent claims we have or may obtain cannot be predicted with certainty.

Risks Relating to Owning our Common Stock

The market price of our common stock has been and likely will continue to be volatile.

The market price of our common stock is likely to be volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which are

beyond our control. In addition to the factors discussed in this “Risk Factors” section and elsewhere in this Form 10-K, these factors include:

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

•
•
•
•
•
•

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly financial condition and operating performance;
introduction of new products by us or our competitors;
announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions or dispositions;
our ability to obtain financing as needed;
a shift in our investor base, including sales of our shares by existing stockholders;
any major change in our board of directors or management;
threatened or actual litigation or governmental investigations;
the number of shares of our common stock publicly owned and available for trading;
the operating and stock price performance of similar companies;
changes in earnings estimates by securities analysts or our ability to meet earnings guidance;
publication of research reports about us or our industry or changes in recommendations or withdrawal of research coverage by securities
analysts;
changes in laws or regulations affecting our business, including tax legislation;
the success or failure of our business strategy;
investor perception of us and our industry;
changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations or principles;
the overall performance of the equity markets;
general political and economic conditions, and other external factors.

38

In  addition,  the  stock  market  in  general,  and  the  stocks  of  medical  device  companies  in  particular,  have  experienced  extreme  price  and  volume
fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. This could limit or prevent investors from
readily selling their shares and may otherwise negatively affect the liquidity of our common stock. Securities class action litigation has often been instituted
against companies following periods of volatility in the overall market and in the market price of a company’s securities. This litigation, if instituted against
us, could result in very substantial costs, divert our management’s attention and resources, and harm our business, financial condition and results of operation.

Your percentage of ownership in us may be diluted and issuances of substantial amounts of our common stock, or the perception that such issuances may
occur, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline significantly, even if our business is performing well.

As with any public company, your percentage ownership in us may be diluted because of equity issuances for acquisitions and investments, capital-
raising transactions or otherwise, including equity awards that we have granted and we expect to grant in the future to our directors, officers and employees.
As  of  December  31,  2019,  approximately  0.9 million  shares  of  our  common  stock  were  subject  to  unvested  restricted  stock  units  and  approximately  2.2
million shares of our common stock were subject to exercisable stock options with a weighted average exercise price of $14.68.

Since July 1, 2015, we have issued an aggregate of 13.9 million shares of our common stock for capital-raising purposes. Most recently, we issued an
aggregate  of  7,820,000  shares  of  our  common  stock  (including  1,020,000  shares  sold  to  the  underwriter  upon  exercise  of  an  underwriter  option)  in  an
underwritten offering completed in January 2020 at price to the public of $12.50 per share, before underwriting discounts and commissions.

Further, the market price of our common stock could decline as a result of the issuance, including sale, of a large number of shares of our common
stock, and the perception that these sales could occur may also depress the market price of our common stock. A decline in the price of our common stock
might impede our ability to raise capital through the issuance of additional shares of our common stock or other equity or equity-linked securities.

We are an “emerging growth company” and a "smaller reporting company" and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable
to emerging growth companies and smaller reporting companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We  are  an  “emerging  growth  company,”  as  defined  in  the  JOBS  Act,  and  we  are  taking  advantage  of  certain  exemptions  and  relief  from  various
reporting requirements applicable to public companies that are not emerging growth companies. In particular, while we are an emerging growth company:
(i) we will not be required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of SOX; (ii) we will be exempt from any rules that may be
adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board requiring mandatory audit firm rotations or a supplement to the auditor’s report on financial
statements;  (iii)  we  will  be  subject  to  reduced  disclosure  obligations  regarding  executive  compensation  in  our  periodic  reports  and  proxy  statements;  and
(iv) we will not be required to hold nonbinding advisory votes on executive compensation or stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not
previously approved.

In addition, as an emerging growth company we do not have to comply with any new or revised accounting standard applicable to public companies
until  such  date  that  a  private  company  must  comply  with  such  standard.  We  elected  not  to  comply  with  such  new  or  revised  accounting  standards  on  the
relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies, therefore our financial statements may not be comparable
to the financial statements of public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

We  will  remain  an  emerging  growth  company  until  the  earliest  of:  (i)  December  31,  2020  (the  fiscal  year-end  following  the  fifth  anniversary  of  the
completion of the spin-off); (ii) the end of the fiscal year in which the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeds $700.0 million as of
the last business day of the second fiscal quarter of that year; (iii) the end of the fiscal year in which our annual revenues exceed $1.0 billion; and (iv) the date
on which we issue more than $1.0 billion in nonconvertible debt in any three-year period.

The SEC adopted amendments to the definition of “smaller reporting company” that became effective in September 2018. Under the new definition,
generally, a company qualifies as a smaller reporting company if it has a public float of less than $250 million as of the last business day of its second fiscal
quarter. If a company qualifies as a smaller reporting company on that date, it may elect to reflect that determination and use the smaller reporting company
scaled disclosure accommodations in its subsequent

39

SEC filings. Our public float as of the last business day of our most recent second fiscal quarter, was less than $250 million, and as such, we qualify as a
smaller  reporting  company  and  are  following  certain  of  the  scaled  disclosure  accommodations,  including  providing  audited  financial  statements  and
management  discussion  and  analysis  for  our  two  most  recent  fiscal  years,  in  contrast  to  other  reporting  companies,  which  must  provide  audited  financial
statements and management discussion and analysis for their three most recent fiscal years. We will measure our public float as of the last business day of our
most recent second fiscal quarter every year and will continue to qualify as a smaller reporting company until our public float is $250 million or more as of
such date.

Investors may find our common stock less attractive because we rely on the exemptions available to, and relief granted to, emerging growth companies
by the JOBS Act and/or because we follow certain of the scaled disclosure accommodations available to smaller reporting companies, either one of which
may result in a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may decline and/or become more volatile.

If, once we are no longer an emerging growth company, our independent registered public accounting firm cannot provide an unqualified attestation
report  on  the  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  investor  confidence  and,  in  turn,  the  market  price  of  our  common  stock,  could
decline.

We may issue preferred stock with terms that could dilute the voting power or reduce the value of our common stock.

While we have no specific plan to issue preferred stock, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes us to issue, without stockholder
approval,  one  or  more  series  of  preferred  stock  having  such  designation,  powers,  privileges,  preferences,  including  preferences  over  our  common  stock
respecting dividends and distributions, terms of redemption and relative participation, optional, or other rights, if any, of the shares of each such series of
preferred  stock  and  any  qualifications,  limitations  or  restrictions  thereof,  as  our  board  of  directors  may  determine.  The  terms  of  one  or  more  series  of
preferred  stock  could  dilute  the  voting  power  or  reduce  the  value  of  our  common  stock.  For  example,  the  repurchase  or  redemption  rights  or  liquidation
preferences we could assign to holders of preferred stock could affect the residual value of the common stock.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading
volume could decline.

The  trading  market  for  our  common  stock  depends  in  part  on  the  research  and  reports  that  securities  or  industry  analysts  publish  about  us  or  our
business. If current or future analysts who cover us were to downgrade our stock or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock
price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts were to stop covering us or were to stop regularly publishing reports on us, demand for our stock
could decrease, which might cause our stock price and trading volume to decline.

We do not anticipate paying cash dividends, and accordingly, stockholders must rely on stock appreciation for any return on their investment.

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock, and we do not currently expect to declare or pay any such cash dividends in the
foreseeable future. Instead, we intend to retain our future earnings, if any, to fund the development and growth of our business. Payment of cash dividends, if
any, will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements and other factors and will be at the discretion of our board of directors.
Furthermore, we are subject to various laws and regulations that may restrict our ability to pay dividends and are subject to contractual restrictions on, or
prohibitions against, the payment of dividends. Due to the foregoing, the return on your investment in our common stock will likely depend entirely upon any
future appreciation and our common stock may not appreciate. Investors seeking cash dividends should not invest in our common stock.

Certain  provisions  in  our  charter  documents  and  Delaware  law  could  discourage  takeover  attempts  and  lead  to  management  entrenchment  and,
therefore, may depress the market price of our common stock.

Our  amended  and  restated  certificate  of  incorporation  and  amended  and  restated  bylaws  contain  provisions  that  could  have  the  effect  of  delaying  or

preventing changes in control or changes in our management without the consent of our board of directors, including, among other things:

•

•

a classified board of directors with three-year staggered terms, which may delay the ability of stockholders to change the membership of a
majority of our board of directors;
no cumulative voting in the election of directors, which limits the ability of minority stockholders to elect

40

•

•

•
•

•

•

•

•

director candidates;
the ability of our board of directors to determine to issue shares of preferred stock and to determine the price and other terms of those
shares, including preferences and voting rights, without stockholder approval, which could be used to significantly dilute the ownership of
a hostile acquirer;
the exclusive right of our board of directors to elect a director to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of our board of directors or by the
resignation, death or removal of a director, which prevents stockholders from filling vacancies on our board of directors;
limitations on the removal of directors;
a prohibition on stockholder action by written consent, which forces stockholder action to be taken at an annual or special meeting of our
stockholders;
the requirement that a special meeting of stockholders be called only by the chairman of our board of directors, our chief executive officer,
our president (in absence of a chief executive officer) or our board of directors, which may delay the ability of our stockholders to force
consideration of a proposal or to take action, including the removal of directors;
advance notice procedures that stockholders must comply with to nominate candidates to our board of directors or to propose matters to be
acted upon at a stockholders’ meeting, which may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect
the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us;
the  requirement  for  the  affirmative  vote  of  holders  of  at  least  66  2⁄3%  of  the  voting  power  of  all  of  the  then  outstanding  shares  of  our
voting stock, voting together as a single class, to amend or repeal the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation
and  of  our  amended  and  restated  bylaws  that  relate  to  the  matters  described  above,  which  may  inhibit  the  ability  of  an  acquirer  from
amending our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws to facilitate a hostile acquisition; and
the ability of our board of directors, by majority vote, to amend our amended and restated bylaws, which may allow our board of directors
to take additional actions to prevent a hostile acquisition and inhibit the ability of an acquirer from amending our amended and restated
bylaws to facilitate a hostile acquisition.

We believe that these provisions protect our stockholders from coercive or harmful takeover tactics by requiring potential acquirers to negotiate with our

board of directors and by providing our board of directors with adequate time to assess any acquisition proposal.

We  are  also  subject  to  certain  anti-takeover  provisions  under  the  DGCL.  Under  the  DGCL,  a  corporation  may  not,  in  general,  engage  in  a  business
combination with any holder of 15% or more of its capital stock unless the holder has held the stock for three years or, among other things, our board of
directors has approved the transaction.

The provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and the anti-takeover provisions under the
DGCL, may discourage, delay, prevent or make it more difficult for stockholders or potential acquirers to obtain control of our board of directors or initiate
actions  that  are  opposed  by  our  then-current  board  of  directors,  including  a  merger,  tender  offer,  or  proxy  contest  involving  our  company.  Any  delay  or
prevention of a change of control transaction or changes in our board of directors could cause the market price of our common stock to decline. Even absent a
takeover attempt, the existence of these provisions may adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock if they are viewed as discouraging
future takeover attempts.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation designates the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the sole and exclusive forum for
certain litigation that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes
with us.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of
Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for: (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; (ii) any action
asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees or our stockholders; (iii) any action asserting a claim
arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws; or (iv) any action
asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation further provides that any person or entity
purchasing or acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions described above.
These provisions may limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us.

41

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

As of the filing of this report, we had no unresolved comments from the SEC staff regarding our periodic or current reports under the Exchange Act that were
received not less than 180 days before the end of our fiscal year to which this report relates.

42

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

We lease real property to support our business. The following lists those leased properties that we believe are material to our business. We believe that our
facilities meet our current needs and that we will be able to renew these leases when needed on acceptable terms or find alternative facilities.

Location

Approx. Square
Feet

  Purpose

Carlsbad, California

Irvine, California

Wayne, Pennsylvania

Lyon, France

82,000

70,000

3,700

2,600

Design,  development,  marketing,  and  inspection  of  our  orthobiologics  and  spinal  implant  products
and  distribution  of  certain  of  our  spinal  implant  products.  Also  serves  as  our  principal  executive
offices  and  houses  our  cadaveric  training  laboratory  and  our  prototyping  development  and  testing
operations.

  Manufacture and distribution of our orthobiologics products

  Design of our spinal implants

  International sales and marketing

Our  manufacturing  facilities  are  registered  with  the  FDA.  Our  facilities  are  subject  to  FDA  inspection  to  ensure  compliance  with  its  Quality  System
Regulations. For further information regarding the status of FDA inspections, see the "Item 1. Business- Regulation," above.

43

 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

From time to time, we are subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of business. While management presently believes that the ultimate
outcome of these proceedings, individually and in the aggregate, will not materially harm our financial position, cash flows, or overall trends in results of
operations, legal proceedings are subject to inherent uncertainties, and unfavorable rulings or outcomes could occur that have individually or in aggregate, a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or operating results. We are not currently subject to any pending material litigation, other than
ordinary routine litigation incidental to our business, as described above.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

PART II

ITEM 5.

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF
EQUITY SECURITIES

Market Information and Holders

Our common stock is listed on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “SPNE.” As of February 21, 2020, we had 323 stockholders of record.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

Information about our equity compensation plan is incorporated herein by reference to Part III, Item 12 of this report.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

During the fourth quarter of 2019, we did not issue any securities that were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act).

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer
The table below is a summary of our purchases of our common stock for the months with purchase activities during the quarter ended December 31, 2019.

Period

October 1 - October 31

November 1 - November 30

December 1 - December 31

Total Number of Shares
Purchased (1)

  Average Price Paid per Share

Total Number of Shares
Purchased as Part of Publicly
Announced Plans or Programs

Maximum Number of Shares
That May Yet be Purchased
Under the Plans or Programs

3,287   $

821   $

625   $

11.56  

13.51  

13.12  

—  

—  

—  

—

—

—

(1) These shares were surrendered to the Company to satisfy tax withholdings obligations in connection with the vesting of

restricted stock awards.

44

 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 6.
As a "smaller reporting company" as defined by Item 10 of Regulation S-K, the Company is not required to provide this information.

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The terms “we,” “us,” “our,” “SeaSpine” or the “Company” refer collectively to SeaSpine Holdings Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, unless
otherwise stated. All information in this report is based on our fiscal year. Unless otherwise stated, references to particular years, quarters, months or periods
refer to our fiscal years ending December 31 and the associated quarters, months and periods of those fiscal years.

This Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of
Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act). The matters
discussed  in  these  forward-looking  statements  are  subject  to  risk  and  uncertainties  that  could  cause  actual  results  to  differ  materially  from  those  made,
projected or implied in the forward-looking statements. Such risks and uncertainties may also give rise to future claims and increase exposure to contingent
liabilities. Please see the “Risk Factors” section for a discussion of the uncertainties, risks and assumptions associated with these statements. We undertake
no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise.

You  can  identify  these  forward-looking  statements  by  forward-looking  words  such  as  “believe,”  “may,”  “could,”  “will,”  “estimate,”  “continue,”
“anticipate,” “intend,” “seek,” “plan,” “expect,” “should,” “would” and similar expressions.

These risks and uncertainties arise from (among other factors):

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

our expectations and estimates concerning future financial performance, financing plans and the impact of competition;

our ability to successfully develop new and next-generation products and the costs associated with designing and developing those new and next-
generation  products,  including  risks  inherent  in  newly  initiated  collaborations,  such  as  with  restor3d,  Inc.  and  7D  Surgical,  or  use  of  nascent
manufacturing techniques, such as additive processing/3D printing;

physicians’ willingness to adopt our recently launched and planned products, customers’ continued willingness to pay for our products and third-
party  payors’  willingness  to  provide  or  continue  coverage  and  appropriate  reimbursement  for  any  of  our  products  and  our  ability  to  secure
regulatory clearance and/or approval for products in development;

our  ability  to  attract  and  retain  new,  high-quality  distributors,  whether  as  a  result  of  perceived  deficiencies,  or  gaps,  in  our  existing  product
portfolio,  inability  to  reach  agreement  on  financial  or  other  contractual  terms  or  otherwise,  as  well  as  disruption  associated  with  restrictive
covenants to, which distributors may be subject and potential litigation and expense associate therewith;

our ability to continue to invest in medical education and training, product development, and/or sales and commercial marketing initiatives at levels
sufficient to drive future revenue growth;

anticipated  trends  in  our  business,  including  consolidation  among  hospital  systems,  healthcare  reform  in  the  United  States,  increased  pricing
pressure  from  our  competitors  or  hospitals,  exclusion  from  major  healthcare  systems,  whether  as  a  result  of  unwillingness  to  provide  required
pricing or otherwise, and changes in third-party payment systems;

the risk of supply shortages, and the associated potentially long-term disruption to product sales, including as a result of our dependence on PcoMed
to supply products incorporating NanoMetalene technology and a limited number of third-party suppliers for components and raw materials and
certain processing services;

unexpected  expenses  and  delay  and  our  ability  to  manage  timelines  and  costs  related  to  manufacturing  our  products  including  as  a  result  of
litigation or developing and supporting the full commercial launch of new products;

45

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

our ability to obtain additional debt and equity financing to fund capital expenditures and working capital requirements and acquisitions;

our ability to complete acquisitions, integrate operations post-acquisition and maintain relationships with customers of acquired entities;

our ability to support the safety and efficacy of our products with long-term clinical data;

existing and future regulations affecting our business, both in the United States and internationally, and enforcement of those regulations;

our  ability  to  protect  our  intellectual  property,  including  unpatented  trade  secrets,  and  to  operate  without  infringing  or  misappropriating  the
proprietary rights of others;

general economic and business conditions, in both domestic and international markets; and

other risk factors described in the section entitled “Risk Factors.”

These factors should not be construed as exhaustive and should be read in conjunction with the other cautionary statements included in this report.

Spin-off from Integra

SeaSpine was incorporated in Delaware on February 12, 2015 in connection with the spin-off of the orthobiologics and
spinal implant business of Integra. The spin-off occurred on July 1, 2015. Subsequent to the spin-off, our financial statements are presented on a consolidated
basis, as we became a separate publicly-traded company on July 1, 2015.

Overview

We are a global medical technology company focused on the design, development and commercialization of surgical solutions for the treatment of patients
suffering  from  spinal  disorders.  We  have  a  comprehensive  portfolio  of  orthobiologics  and  spinal  implant  solutions  to  meet  the  varying  combinations  of
products  that  neurosurgeons  and  orthopedic  spine  surgeons  need  to  perform  fusion  procedures  in  the  lumbar,  thoracic  and  cervical  spine.  We  believe  this
broad combined portfolio of orthobiologics and spinal implant products is essential to meet the “complete solution” requirements of such surgeons.

We report revenue in two product categories: orthobiologics and spinal implants. Our orthobiologics products consist of a broad range of advanced and
traditional bone graft substitutes designed to improve bone fusion rates following a wide range of orthopedic surgeries, including spine, hip, and extremities
procedures. Our spinal implant portfolio consists of an extensive line of products to facilitate spinal fusion in degenerative, minimally invasive surgery (MIS),
and complex spinal deformity procedures.

Our U.S. sales organization consists of regional and territory managers who oversee a broad network of independent orthobiologics and spinal implant sales
agents. We pay these sales agents commissions based on the sales of our products. Our international sales organization consists of a sales management team
that oversees a network of independent orthobiologics and spinal implant stocking distributors that purchase products directly from us and independently sell
them. For each of the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, international sales accounted for approximately 11% of our revenue. Our policy is not to sell
our products through or to participate in physician-owned distributorships.

For the year ended December 31, 2019, our total revenue, net was $159.1 million and our net loss was $39.3 million. For the same period, revenue from sales
of orthobiologics and spinal implants totaled $81.3 million and $77.8 million, respectively. We will continue to invest in the expansion of our business,
primarily in sales, marketing and research and development, and we expect to continue to incur losses. As of December 31, 2019, our cash and cash
equivalents totaled $20.2 million. In January
2020, we completed an underwritten offering of our common stock that raised net proceeds of approximately $91.5 million, after deducting underwriting
discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

46

 
 
As of February 21, 2020, we had 386 regular employees.

Components of Our Results of Operations

Revenue

Our net revenue is derived primarily from the sale of orthobiologics and spinal implant products across North America, Europe, Asia Pacific and Latin
America. Sales are reported net of returns, rebates, group purchasing organization fees and other customer allowances.

In the United States, we generate most of our revenue by consigning our orthobiologics products and by consigning or loaning our spinal implant sets to
hospitals and independent sales agents, who in turn either deliver them to hospitals for a single surgical procedure, after which they are returned to us, or
leave them with hospitals that are high volume users for multiple procedures. The spinal implant sets typically contain the instruments, disposables, and
spinal implants required to complete a surgery. We ship replacement inventory to independent sales agents to replace the consigned inventory used in
surgeries. We maintain and replenish loaned sets at our kitting and distribution centers and return replenished sets to a hospital or independent sales agent for
the next procedure. We recognize revenue on these consigned or loaned products when they have been used or implanted in a surgical procedure.

For all other sales transactions, including sales to international stocking distributors and private label partners, we generally recognize revenue when the
products are shipped to the customer or stocking distributor and the transfer of title and risk of loss occurs. There is generally no customer acceptance or other
condition that prevents us from recognizing revenue in accordance with the delivery terms for these sales transactions.

Cost of Goods Sold

Cost of goods sold primarily consists of the costs of finished goods purchased directly from third parties and raw materials used in the manufacturing of our
products, plant and equipment overhead, labor costs and packaging costs. The majority of our orthobiologics products are designed and manufactured
internally. The cost of human tissue and fixed manufacturing overhead costs are significant drivers of the cost of goods sold, and consequently our
orthobiologics products, at current production volumes, generate lower gross margin than our spinal implant products. We rely on third-party suppliers to
manufacture our spinal implant products, and we assemble them into surgical sets at our kitting and distribution centers. The cost to inspect incoming finished
goods is included in the cost of goods sold. Other costs included in cost of goods sold include amortization of product technology intangible assets, royalties,
scrap and consignment losses, and charges for expired, excess and obsolete inventory.

Selling and Marketing Expense

Our selling and marketing expenses consist primarily of sales commissions to independent sales agents, payroll and other headcount related expenses,
marketing expenses, depreciation of instrument sets, instrument replacement expense, and cost of medical education and training.

General and Administrative Expense

Our general and administrative expenses consist primarily of payroll and other headcount related expenses, stock-based compensation, and expenses for
information technology, legal, human resources, insurance, finance, facilities, and management. We also record gains or losses associated with changes in the
fair value of contingent consideration liabilities in general and administrative expenses.

Research and Development Expense

Our research and development (R&D) expenses primarily consist of expenses related to the headcount for engineering, product development, clinical affairs
and regulatory functions, as well as consulting services, third-party prototyping services, outside research and clinical studies activities, and materials,
production and other costs associated with development of our products. We expense R&D costs as they are incurred.

47

While our R&D expenses fluctuate from period to period based on the timing of specific initiatives, we expect these costs will increase over time as we
continue to design and commercialize new products and expand our product portfolio, add related personnel and conduct additional clinical activities.

Intangible Amortization

Our intangible amortization, including the amounts reported in cost of goods sold, consists of acquisition-related amortization. We expect total annual
amortization expense (including amounts reported in cost of goods sold) to be approximately $4.3 million in 2020, $4.3 million in 2021, $4.2 million in 2022,
$3.6 million in 2023, and $1.7 million in 2024. See "RESULTS OF OPERATIONS-Year Ended December 31, 2019 Compared to Year Ended December 31,
2018-Impairment of Intangible Assets," below.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 (In thousands, except percentages)

Total revenue, net

Cost of goods sold

Gross profit

Gross margin

Operating expenses:

Selling and marketing

General and administrative

Research and development

Impairment of intangible assets

Intangible amortization

Total operating expenses

Operating loss

Other (income) expense, net

Loss before income taxes

Provision for income taxes

Net loss

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

  $

159,083

  $

143,443

57,979

101,104

64%  

55,969

87,474

61%

83,445

33,594

15,125

4,993

3,169

140,326

(39,222)

(302)

(38,920)

356

75,156

30,231

12,058

—

3,168

120,613

(33,139)

256

(33,395)

129

  $

(39,276)

  $

(33,524)

48

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2019 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2018

Revenue

Total revenue, net for the year ended 2019 increased by $15.6 million, or 11%, to $159.1 million compared to $143.4 million for the prior year.

Orthobiologics

United States

International

     % of total revenue, net

Spinal Implants

United States

International

     % of total revenue, net

Total revenue, net

United States

     % of total revenue, net

International

     % of total revenue, net

Total revenue, net

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

  $

(In thousands)
  $

81,299

73,543

7,756

51%  

  $

77,784

  $

68,308

9,476

49%  

75,339

67,363

7,976

53%    

68,104

60,520

7,584

47%    

  $

159,083

  $

143,443

2019 vs. 2018

% Change

8 %

9 %

(3)%

14 %

13 %

25 %

11 %

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

(In thousands)

141,851

127,883

89%  

17,232

11%  

89%    

15,560

11%    

  $

159,083

  $

143,443

2019 vs. 2018

% Change

11%

11%

11%

Revenue from orthobiologics sales in the United States increased $6.2 million in 2019 compared to 2018. This growth was driven primarily by sales of
recently launched DBM products, which was somewhat offset by expected cannibalization of legacy DBM products. Revenue from orthobiologics sales
internationally decreased $0.2 million in 2019 compared to 2018, which was primarily attributable to currency declines.

Revenue from spinal implant sales in the United States increased $7.8 million in 2019 compared to 2018, primarily due to the revenue growth contributed by
recently launched products. We continue to experience low single digit pricing declines in the U.S. spinal implant market. Revenue from international sales of
spinal implants increased $1.9 million in 2019 compared to 2018, primarily due to higher sales of our newer products to existing distributors and revenue
growth from sales to a new distributor in Mexico.

Cost of Goods Sold and Gross Margin

Cost of goods sold in 2019 increased $2.0 million from 2018 to $58.0 million. Gross margin was 64% in 2019 compared to 61% for 2018. The increase in
gross margin was due to a shift in product mix, with the higher margin spinal implant product revenue growing faster than orthobiologics product revenue.
Additionally, orthobiologics manufacturing scrap and technology-related intangible amortization were lower in the current period compared to the prior year
period.

Cost of goods sold included $2.2 million and $3.3 million of amortization for product technology intangible assets for 2019 and 2018, respectively, and $0.9
million and $0.8 million of depreciation expense for 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Selling and Marketing

49

 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Selling and marketing expenses increased $8.3 million to $83.4 million in 2019. The increase was mainly driven by higher sales commission expense, higher
instrument set depreciation and instrument replacement expense due to new product launches and higher volume related shipping and third-party logistics
expenses.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expenses increased $3.4 million to $33.6 million in 2019. The increase was driven by higher salaries and wages and stock
compensation expense in 2019 compared to 2018 due to increased headcount. Additionally, the increase included a $1.5 million decrease in 2019 of non-cash
gains from changes in the fair value of contingent consideration liabilities related to our acquisition in 2016 of certain medical device assets from N.L.T.
Spine Ltd. (NLT), and NLT Spine, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of NLT.

Research and Development

R&D expenses increased $3.1 million to $15.1 million, or 10% of revenue, in 2019. The increase was primarily driven by increased salaries and wages, a $0.5
million fee paid in connection with our recently announced development and license agreement for 3D-printed implants, higher clinical study expenses, and
increased program and related external costs as we develop and launch new products and enter into new geographic markets.

Intangible Amortization

Intangible amortization expense, excluding the amounts reported in cost of goods sold for product technology intangible assets, remained consistent at $3.2
million in 2019 compared to 2018.

Impairment of Intangible Assets
We recorded a $5.0 million intangible asset impairment charge in 2019 related to a shift in our commercialization strategy with respect to the product
technologies we acquired from NLT due to market trend factors, new features necessary to be competitive, and more cost-effective internal development
initiatives. Accordingly, we evaluated the ongoing value of the product technology intangible assets associated with the acquisition of these assets. Based on
this evaluation, we determined that intangible assets with a carrying amount of $6.8 million were no longer recoverable and were impaired, and we wrote
those intangible assets down to their estimated fair value of $1.8 million.

Income Taxes

Loss before income taxes

Provision for income taxes

Effective tax rate

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

(In thousands)
  $

(38,920)

(33,395)

$

356

(0.9)%  

129

(0.4)%

The primary drivers of the effective tax rate in 2019 and 2018 were expenses related to current state income taxes, current foreign income taxes and the
reduction of foreign deferred tax assets. These expenses were partially offset by a benefit related to the release of uncertain tax positions due to the lapse of
the statute of limitations.

In addition, for any pretax losses incurred subsequent to the spin-off by the consolidated U.S. tax group, we recorded no corresponding tax benefit because we
have concluded that it is more-likely-than-not that we will be unable to realize the benefit from any resulting deferred tax assets. We will continue to assess
our position in future periods to determine if it is appropriate to reduce a portion of our valuation allowance in the future.

Business Factors Affecting the Results of Operations

Special Charges and Gains

We define special charges and gains as expenses and gains for which the amount or timing can vary significantly from period to period, and for which the
amounts are non-cash in nature, or the amounts are not expected to recur at the same magnitude.

50

 
 
 
 
 
We believe that identification of these special charges and gains provides important supplemental information to investors regarding financial and business
trends relating to our financial condition and results of operations. Investors may find this information useful in assessing comparability of our operating
performance from period to period, against the business model objectives that management has established, and against other companies in our industry. We
provide this information to investors so that they can analyze our operating results in the same way that management does and use this information in their
assessment of our core business and valuation.

Loss before income taxes includes the following special charges/(gains) for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018:

Special Charges/(Gains):
Impairment of intangible assets(1)

Gain from change in fair value of contingent consideration liabilities(2) 

Total Special Charges/(Gains)

(1) Relates to the impairment of the product technology intangible assets associated with the NLT acquisition.
(2) Relates to the net decrease in the fair value of contingent liabilities associated with the NLT acquisition.

The items reported above are reflected in the consolidated statements of operations as follows:

Impairment of intangible assets

General and administrative

Total Special Charges/(Gains)

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Overview

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

(In thousands)
4,993  

(263)  

4,730   $

—

(1,802)

(1,802)

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

(In thousands)
4,993   $

(263)  

4,730   $

—

(1,802)

(1,802)

$

$

$

In January 2020, we sold 7,820,000 shares of our common stock in an underwritten public offering and generated approximately $91.5 million of net
proceeds, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. As of December 31, 2019, we had cash, cash equivalents
and investments totaling approximately $20.2 million, and $25.4 million of current borrowing capacity was available under our credit facility. We believe that
our cash and cash equivalents on hand, including the $91.5 million of net proceeds generated from our recent public offering described above, and the amount
currently available to us under our credit facility will be sufficient to fund our operations for at least the next twelve months.

Credit Facility

We have a $30.0 million credit facility with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association which matures in July 2021, subject to a one-time, one-year extension at
our election. In addition, at any time through July 27, 2020, we may increase the borrowing limit by up to an additional $10.0 million, subject to us having
sufficient amounts of eligible accounts receivable and inventory and to customary conditions precedent, including obtaining the commitment of lenders to
provide such additional amount.
At December 31, 2019, we had no outstanding borrowings under the credit facility. The borrowing capacity under the credit facility is determined monthly
and is based on the amount of our eligible accounts receivable and inventory balances and qualified cash (as defined in the credit facility). Depending on the
extent to which our eligible accounts receivable and inventory balances increase, our borrowing capacity could increase by as much as an additional $1.1
million from the $25.4 million available as of December 31, 2019 before we are required to maintain the minimum fixed charge coverage ratio as discussed
below. The credit facility contains various customary affirmative and negative covenants, including prohibiting us from incurring indebtedness without the
lender’s consent. Under the terms of the credit facility, if our Total Liquidity (as defined in the credit facility) is less than $5.0 million, we are required to
maintain a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.10 to 1.00 for the applicable measurement period. Our Total Liquidity was $42.3 million at
December 31, 2019, and therefore that financial covenant was not applicable at that time.

51

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Business Combinations

In August 2016, we entered into an asset purchase agreement with NLT to acquire certain of the assets of NLT’s medical device business related to the
expandable interbody medical devices. We made an up-front cash payment of $1.0 million in connection with the initial closing in September 2016 and issued
350,000 shares of our common stock in January 2017 as contingent closing consideration. At December 31, 2019, we recorded a $1.7 million liability
representing the estimated fair value of future contingent milestone payments related to the achievement of certain commercial milestones, which we
anticipate will become payable in 2020, and a $0.3 million liability representing the estimated fair value of future contingent royalty payments based on
percentages of our future net sales of certain of the products and technology we acquired, which we anticipate will become payable at varying times between
2019 and 2030. The contingent milestone payments, if any, are payable in cash or in shares of our common stock, at our election. The contingent royalty
payments are payable in cash.

Underwritten Offerings

In October 2018, we entered into an Underwriting Agreement with Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Piper Jaffray and Cantor Fitzgerald relating to the issuance
and sale of 3,250,000 shares of our common stock at a public offering price of $15.50 per share, before underwriting discounts and commissions. We granted
the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days, to purchase up to an additional 487,500 shares of common stock. The underwriters exercised this option
and the offering closed on October 15, 2018 with the sale of 3,737,500 shares of our common stock, resulting in net proceeds of approximately $54.1 million,
after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We used a portion of the net proceeds from this
offering to repay all of our then outstanding borrowings under our Wells Fargo credit facility, and we intend to use the remaining proceeds for general
corporate purposes, including research and development, general and administrative expenses, capital expenditures and general working capital purposes.

In January 2020, we entered into an Underwriting Agreement with Piper Sandler & Co. and Canaccord Genuity LLC relating to the issuance and sale of
6,800,000 shares of our common stock at a public offering price of $12.50 per share, before underwriting discounts and commissions. We granted the
underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days, to purchase up to an additional 1,020,000 shares of common stock. The underwriters exercised this option and
the offering closed on January 10, 2020 with the sale of 7,820,000 shares of our common stock, resulting in proceeds of approximately $91.5 million, after
deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We intend to use the proceeds for general corporate
purposes, including research and development, general and administrative expenses, capital expenditures and general working capital purposes.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

We had cash and cash equivalents totaling approximately $20.2 million and $24.2 million at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.

Cash Flows

Net cash used in operating activities

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

Net Cash Flows Used in Operating Activities

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

(In thousands)

$

$

(20,277)   $

17,166  

(829)  

(94)  

(12,558)

(38,104)

64,197

(90)

(4,034)   $

13,445

Net cash used in operating activities was $20.3 million and $12.6 million during 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Operating cash outflows during 2019 increased by $7.7 million compared to 2018. The increase was due mainly to increases in accounts receivable and
inventory and a decrease in accounts payable in 2019 compared to 2018. Our accounts receivable

52

 
 
 
 
balance increased in 2019 consistent with the increase in revenue. In 2019, we invested $2.5 million more in inventory to support revenue growth and spinal
implant product launches compared to the previous year.

Net Cash Flows Provided by (Used in) Investing Activities

Net cash provided by investing activities was $17.2 million in 2019 compared to net cash used in investment activities of $38.1 million in 2018. The $55.3
million increase was due primarily due to $30.0 million of maturities of short-term investments in 2019 compared to $29.8 million in purchases of
investments in 2018. In 2019, we increased our investments in spinal instruments and spinal implant sets by $4.4 million compared to 2018 to support product
launches.

Net Cash Flows (Used in) Provided by Financing Activities

Net cash used in financing activities was $0.8 million in 2019 compared to net cash provided by financing activities of $64.2 million in 2018. Cash flows
provided by financings in 2018 were comprised primarily of $54.1 million of net proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock in an underwritten
offering and $8.5 million of net proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock in ATM offerings.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

There were no off-balance sheet arrangements as of December 31, 2019 that have, or are reasonably likely to have, a current or future effect on our financial
condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources that is material to our
business.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

As of December 31, 2019, we were obligated to pay the following amounts under various agreements:

Operating Leases

Purchase Obligations

Other

Total

Total

  Less than 1 Year  

1-3 Years

4-5 Years

More than 5
Years

14.0  

12.2  

1.1  

3.3  

12.2  

1.1  

(In millions)

4.5  

—  

—  

$

27.3   $

16.6   $

4.5   $

2.9  

—  

—  

2.9   $

3.3

—

—

3.3

The "Other" line item includes minimum royalties and milestone payments under certain license agreements. The table above excludes the following
liabilities because we cannot reliably estimate the timing of when they may become payable, if ever:

•

•

contingent milestone and royalty payments related to the NLT asset acquisition; and

up to $2.9 million in the aggregate of potential royalty and milestone payments under a license agreement that may be payable at various stages of
developing the licensed technology and sales of products using the licensed technology.

Critical Accounting Policies and the Use of Estimates

Our discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations is based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in
accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Preparing these financial statements requires us to make estimates
and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent liabilities, and the reported amounts of revenues and
expenses. Significant estimates affecting amounts reported or disclosed in the consolidated financial statements include revenue recognition, allowances for
doubtful accounts receivable and sales return and other credits, net realizable value of inventories, amortization periods for acquired intangible assets,
estimates of projected cash flows and discount rates used to value intangible assets and test them for impairment, estimates of projected cash flows and
assumptions related to the timing and probability of the product launch dates, discount rates matched to the timing of payments, and probability of success
rates used to value contingent consideration liabilities from business combinations, estimates of projected cash flows and depreciation and amortization
periods for long-lived assets, valuation of stock-based compensation, computation of taxes and valuation allowances recorded against deferred

53

 
 
 
   
 
 
 
tax assets, and loss contingencies. These estimates are based on historical experience and on various other assumptions believed to be reasonable under the
current circumstances. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

We believe that the following accounting policies, which form the basis for developing these estimates, are those that are most critical to the presentation of
our consolidated financial statements and require the more difficult subjective and complex judgments:

Revenue Recognition

Our net sales are derived primarily from the sale of orthobiologics and spinal implant products globally. Revenue is recognized when obligations under the
terms of a contract with our customer are satisfied which occurs with the transfer of control of our products. This occurs either upon shipment or delivery of
goods, depending on whether the contract is Free on Board (FOB) origin or FOB destination, or, in other situations such as consignment arrangements, when
the products are used in a surgical procedure (implanted in a patient). Revenue is measured as the amount of consideration we expect to receive in exchange
for transferring products to a customer (transaction price).

To the extent that the transaction price includes variable consideration, such as discounts, list price discounts, rebates, volume discounts and customer
payment penalties, we estimate the amount of variable consideration that should be included in the transaction price utilizing the most likely amount method.
Variable consideration is included in the transaction price if, in our judgment, it is probable that a significant future reversal of cumulative revenue under the
contract will not occur. Estimates of variable consideration and determination of whether to include estimated amounts in the transaction price are based
largely on an assessment of our anticipated performance and all information (historical, current and forecasted) that is reasonably available.

We reduce revenue by estimates of potential future product returns and other allowances. Provisions for product returns and other allowances are recorded as
a reduction to revenue in the period sales are recognized. We estimate the amount of sales returns and allowances that will eventually be incurred. Certain
contracts with stocking distributors contain provisions requiring us to repurchase inventory upon termination of the contract or discontinuation of a product
line. Included in the sales returns reserve within other current liabilities is an estimate of repurchases that are likely to be made under these provisions.
Management analyzes sales programs that are in effect, contractual arrangements, market acceptance and historical trends when evaluating the adequacy of
sales returns and allowance accounts.

Product royalties account for less than 1% of total revenue for any of the periods presented, and are estimated and recognized in the same period that the
royalty-based products are sold by licensees. We estimate and recognize royalty revenue based upon communication with licensees, historical information and
expected sales trends. Differences between actual revenues and estimated royalty revenues are adjusted in the period in which they become known, which is
typically the following quarter. Historically, such adjustments have not been material.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts Receivable

We evaluate the collectability of accounts receivable based on a combination of factors. In circumstances where a specific customer is unable to meet its
financial obligations to us, we record an allowance to reduce the net recognized receivable to the amount we reasonably expect to collect. For all other
customers, we record allowances for doubtful accounts based on the length of time the receivables are past due, the current business environment and our
historical experience. If the financial condition of customers or the length of time that receivables are past due were to change, we may incur bad debt
expense in selling and marketing expense.

Inventories

Inventories, consisting of purchased materials, direct labor and manufacturing overhead, are stated at the lower of cost, the value determined by the first-in,
first-out method, or the market methods. At each balance sheet date, we evaluate ending inventories for excess quantities, obsolescence or shelf-life
expiration. Our evaluation includes an analysis of our current and future strategic plans, historical sales levels by product, projections of future demand by
product, the risk of technological or competitive obsolescence for our products, general market conditions, a review of the shelf-life expiration dates for our
products, and the feasibility of reworking or using excess or obsolete products or components in the production or assembly of other products that are not
obsolete or for which we do not have excess quantities in inventory. To the extent that we determine there are excess or obsolete quantities or quantities with a
shelf life that is too near its expiration for us to reasonably expect that

54

 
we can sell those products prior to their expiration, we adjust their carrying value to estimated net realizable value. If future demand or market conditions are
lower than our projections or if we are unable to rework excess or obsolete quantities into other products, we may record further adjustments to the carrying
value of inventory through a charge to cost of goods sold in the period the revision is made. In addition, we capitalize inventory costs associated with certain
products prior to regulatory approval, based on management’s judgment of probable economic benefit. We could be required to expense previously
capitalized costs related to pre-approval inventory upon a change in such judgment, due to, among other potential factors, a denial or delay of approval by
necessary regulatory bodies or a decision by management to discontinue the related development program.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment is carried at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method based on an asset’s
estimated useful life. Maintenance and repairs on all property and equipment are expensed as incurred. Depreciation of spinal instrument sets and instrument
replacement expense is recorded in selling and marketing expense.

Valuation of Identifiable Intangible Assets

Our intangible assets are comprised primarily of product technology, customer relationships, and trade name and trademarks. We make significant judgments
in relation to the valuation of intangible assets resulting from business combinations and asset acquisitions. Significant estimates include, but are not limited
to, measurements estimating cash flows and determining the appropriate discount rate.

Intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives of 1 to 20 years. We base the useful lives and related amortization
expense on the period of time we estimate the assets will generate revenues or otherwise be used by the Company. We also periodically review the lives
assigned to our intangible assets to ensure that our initial estimates do not exceed any revised estimated periods from which we expect to realize cash flows
from the technologies. If a change were to occur in any of the above-mentioned factors or estimates, the likelihood of a material change in our reported results
would increase.

We review identifiable intangible assets with definite lives for impairment quarterly or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying
value may not be recoverable. Factors we consider in determining whether a triggering event has occurred include a significant change in the business
climate, legal factors, operating performance indicators, competition, sale or disposition of significant assets or products. Application of these impairment
tests requires significant judgments, including estimation of future cash flows, which depends on internal forecasts, estimation of the long-term rate of growth
for our business, the useful life over which cash flows will occur and determination of our weighted-average cost of capital.

Should a triggering event be deemed to occur, we are required to estimate the expected net cash flows to be realized over the life of the asset and/or the asset’s
fair value. Fair values are determined by a discounted cash flow model. These estimates are also subject to significant management judgment including the
determination of many factors such as revenue growth rates, cost growth rates, terminal value assumptions and discount rates. Changes in these estimates can
have a significant impact on the determination of cash flows and fair value and could result in future material impairments.

Due to market trend factors, new features necessary to be competitive, and changing pricing dynamics, there are shifts in the commercialization strategy of
some of the acquired product technologies and the estimated net sales associated with the 2016 NLT acquisition. During the year ended December 31, 2019,
we performed a recoverability test and determined that the expected net cash flows to be realized over the life of the related intangible assets were no longer
recoverable and were impaired. Note 4, "Balance Sheet", to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part IV of this report for additional
information regarding the impairment. If our estimates of expected cash flows continue to decline, we may record additional impairment charges on the
related intangible assets in the future.

Valuation of Stock-Based Compensation

The estimated fair value of stock-based awards exchanged for employee and non-employee director services are expensed over the requisite service period.

55

    
For purposes of calculating stock-based compensation, we estimate the fair value of stock options using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The
determination of the fair value of stock-based payment awards utilizing the Black-Scholes model is affected by our stock price and several assumptions,
including expected volatility, expected term, risk-free interest rate and expected dividends. Due to our limited historical data as a separate public company, the
expected volatility is calculated based upon the historical volatility of comparable companies in the medical device industry whose share prices are publicly
available for a sufficient period of time. The expected term is calculated using the historical weighted average term of the Company’s options. The risk-free
interest rates are derived from the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect on the date of grant for instruments with a remaining term similar to the expected term
of the options. We considered that we have never paid cash dividends and do not currently intend to pay cash dividends. The fair value of restricted stock
awards granted is based on the market price of our common stock on the date of grant. In addition, we apply an expected forfeiture rate when amortizing
stock-based compensation expense. The expected forfeiture rate is based on historical experience of pre-vesting forfeitures on awards by each homogenous
group of shareowners and is estimated to be 14% and 13% annually for all non-executive employees for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018,
respectively. We do not apply a forfeiture rate to awards (including stock options) granted to non-employee directors or executive employees because their
pre-vesting forfeitures are anticipated to be highly unlikely. As individual awards become fully vested, stock-based compensation expense is adjusted to
recognize actual forfeitures.

If factors change and we employ different assumptions, stock-based compensation expense may differ significantly from what we have recorded in the past. If
there is a difference between the assumptions used in determining stock-based compensation expense and the actual factors which become known over time,
specifically with respect to anticipated forfeitures, we may change the input factors used in determining stock-based compensation costs for future grants.
These changes, if any, may materially impact our results of operations in the period such changes are made.

Income Taxes

The income tax provision in the consolidated statements of operations for periods prior to the spin-off was calculated using the separate return method, as if
we filed a separate tax return and operated as a stand-alone business. Therefore, cash tax payments and items of current and deferred taxes may not reflect our
actual tax balances included in Integra's historical consolidated income tax return. More specifically, the presentation of substantial net operating losses, and
any related valuation allowances, presented herein prior to the spin-off do not represent actual net operating losses incurred by us or that are available for
carryforward to a future tax year.

Changes in the tax rates of the various jurisdictions in which we operate affect our profits. In addition, we maintain a reserve for uncertain tax benefits,
changes to which could impact our effective tax rate in the period such changes are made. The effective tax rate can also be impacted by changes in tax law
and in valuation allowances of deferred tax assets.

Our provision for income taxes may change period-to-period based on specific events, such as the settlement of income tax audits and changes in tax laws, as
well as general factors, including the geographic mix of income before taxes, state and local taxes.

We recognize a tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination based on the technical merits of
the position. The amount of the accrual for which an exposure exists is not material for any period presented.

We believe that we have identified all reasonably identifiable exposures and the reserve we have established for identifiable exposures is appropriate under
the circumstances; however, it is possible that additional exposures exist and that exposures will be settled at amounts different than the amounts reserved. It
is also possible that changes in facts and circumstances could cause us to either materially increase or reduce the carrying amount of our tax reserves.

Our deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting
purposes and their basis for income tax purposes, and also the temporary differences created by the tax effects of capital loss, net operating loss and tax credit
carryforwards. We record valuation allowances to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts that are more likely than not to be realized. We could recognize
no benefit from our deferred tax assets or we could recognize some or all of the future benefit depending on the amount and timing of taxable income we
generate in the future.

56

Loss Contingencies

The Company is subject to various legal proceedings in the ordinary course of its business with respect to its products, its current or former employees, and its
commercial relationships. The Company accrues for loss contingencies when it is deemed probable that a loss has been incurred and that loss is estimable.
The amounts accrued are based on the full amount of the estimated loss before considering insurance proceeds, and do not include an estimate for legal fees
expected to be incurred in connection with the loss contingency. The Company accrues legal fees expected to be incurred in connection with loss
contingencies as those fees are incurred by outside counsel as a period cost. The Company's financial statements do not reflect any material amounts related
to possible unfavorable outcomes of claims and lawsuits to which it is currently a party because it currently believes that such claims and lawsuits are not
expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a material and adverse effect on its financial condition.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

As a "smaller reporting company" as defined by Item 10 of Regulation S-K, the Company is not required to provide this information.

ITEM 8.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Financial statements and the financial statement schedules specified by this Item, together with the report thereon of RSM US LLP, are presented following
the signature page to this report.

Information on quarterly results of operations is set forth in our financial statements under Note 12, “Selected Quarterly Information — Unaudited,” to our
consolidated financial statements.

ITEM 9.

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES

None.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Based on an evaluation under the supervision and with the participation of our management, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have
concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act were effective as of the end of the
period covered by this report to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is (i) recorded,
processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC rules and forms and (ii) accumulated and communicated to our
management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

The Company's management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f)
and 15d-15(f) of the Exchange Act). Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed under the supervision and with the participation of our
management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial
reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America. Management conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on the criteria set forth
by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013 Framework). Based on this
assessment, our management concluded that, as of December 31, 2019, our internal control over financial reporting was effective based on those criteria.

57

Attestation Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

As an emerging growth company, under Section 103 of the JOBS Act, we are not required to provide, and this report does not include, an attestation report of
our independent registered public accounting firm regarding our internal control over financial reporting.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting identified in connection with the evaluation required by Rules 13a-15(d) and 15d-
15(d)  under  the  Exchange  Act  that  occurred  during  the  fiscal  quarter  to  which  this  report  relates  that  have  materially  affected,  or  are  reasonably  likely  to
materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Inherent Limitations of Internal Controls

Our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, does not expect that our disclosure controls and procedures or our
internal controls over financial reporting will prevent or detect all error and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can
provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems,
no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the Company have been detected. These
inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of a simple error or mistake.
Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the
controls. The design of any system of controls also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no
assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. Over time, controls may become inadequate because
of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective
control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None.

58

Item 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE.

Part III

Information required by this item will be set forth under the headings “PROPOSAL 1: ELECTION OF DIRECTORS,” “EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
AND OTHER INFORMATION,” and “DELINQUENT SECTION 16(a) REPORTS” in our definitive proxy statement to be filed with the SEC in connection
with our 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, or the Definitive Proxy Statement, which is expected to be filed not later than 120 days after the end of our
fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, and is incorporated in this report by reference.

Item 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.

The  information  required  by  this  item  will  be  set  forth  under  the  heading  "EXECUTIVE  COMPENSATION  AND  OTHER  INFORMATION"  in  the
Definitive Proxy Statement and is incorporated in this report by reference.

Item 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.

The  information  required  by  this  item  will  be  set  forth  under  the  headings  “SECURITY  OWNERSHIP  OF  CERTAIN  BENEFICIAL  OWNERS  AND
MANAGEMENT”  and  “EXECUTIVE  COMPENSATION  AND  OTHER  INFORMATION”  in  the  Definitive  Proxy  Statement  and  is  incorporated  in  this
report by reference.

Item 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE.

The information required by this item will be set forth under the headings “CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS” and
“PROPOSAL 1: ELECTION OF DIRECTORS” in the Definitive Proxy Statement and is incorporated in this report by reference.

Item 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES.

The  information  required  by  this  item  will  be  set  forth  under  the  headings  “PROPOSAL  2:  RATIFICATION  OF  SELECTION  OF  INDEPENDENT
REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM” in the Definitive Proxy Statement and is incorporated in this report by reference.

59

PART IV

ITEM 15.

EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a) Documents filed as a part of this report.

1. Financial Statements.

The following financial statements and financial statement schedules are filed as a part of this report:

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

2. Financial Statement Schedules.

Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

F- 1

F- 2

F- 3

F- 4

F- 5

F- 7

F- 8

F- 29

All other schedules not listed above have been omitted, because they are not applicable or are not required, or because the required information is included in
the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

3. Exhibits required to be filed by Item 601 of Regulation S-K.

60

 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT INDEX

Incorporated by Reference

Exhibit No.

Description

Asset Purchase Agreement among SeaSpine Holdings
Corporation, N.L.T Spine Ltd. and NLT Spine, Inc.,
dated August 17, 2016

2.1(a)*#

Filed or
Furnished
Herewith

Form

File/Film No.

Date Filed

  Form 10-Q

  001-36905-161987764

11/10/2016

Amendment to the Asset Purchase Agreement among
SeaSpine Holdings Corporation, N.L.T Spine Ltd. and
NLT Spine, Inc., dated September 26, 2016

Amendment No. 2 to Asset Purchase Agreement among
SeaSpine Holdings Corporation, N.L.T Spine Ltd. and
NLT Spine, Inc., dated January 31, 2017

  Form 10-Q

  001-36905-161987764

11/10/2016

  Form 10-K

  001-36905-17665133

3/3/2017

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of
SeaSpine Holdings Corporation

  Form 8-K

  001-36905-15966132

7/1/2015

Amended and Restated Bylaws of SeaSpine Holdings
Corporation

  Form 10-K

  001-36905-19650374

3/1/2019

Form of Common Stock Certificate of SeaSpine
Holdings Corporation

  Form 10

  001-36905-15904590

6/1/2015

  Form of Indenture for Senior Debt Securities

  Form S-3

  333-230047-19652069

3/4/2019

  Form of Indenture for Subordinated Debt Securities

  Form S-3

  333-230047-19652069

3/4/2019

  Description of securities of the registrant

  X

Microfibrillar Collagen Supply Agreement between
Integra LifeSciences Holdings Corporation and
SeaSpine Holdings Corporation, dated as of July 1,
2015

Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into
between SeaSpine Holdings Corporation and each of its
directors and officers

  Form 8-K

  001-36905-15966132

7/1/2015

  Form 8-K

  001-36905-19870508

5/31/2019

2.1(b)

2.1(c)

3.1

3.2

4.1

4.2

4.3

4.4

10.1

10.2**

10.3(a)**

SeaSpine Holdings Corporation 2015 Employee Stock
Purchase Plan

  Form 10

  001-36905-15904590

6/1/2015

10.3(b)**

First Amendment to the SeaSpine Holdings Corporation
2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

  DEF 14A

  001-36905-19753214

4/17/2019

61

 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
Employment Agreement, by and between SeaSpine
Holdings Corporation, SeaSpine Orthopedics
Corporation and Keith Valentine, dated April 28, 2015

10.4(a)**

Amendment to Employment Agreement entered into
effective as of April 30, 2019 by and between SeaSpine
Holdings Corporation and SeaSpine Orthopedics
Corporation and Keith Valentine

10.4(b)**

  Form 10

  001-36905-15904590

6/1/2015

  Form 8-K

  001-36905-19781754

4/30/2019

10.5**

John Bostjancic Letter Agreement, dated March 30,
2015

  Form 10

  001-36905-15904590

6/1/2015

10.6**

  John Winge Letter Agreement, dated January 22, 2015

  Form 10

  001-36905-15904590

6/1/2015

10.7

10.8(a)

10.8(b)

10.9

10.10**

Amended and Restated Lease between Monarch RRC
Properties, LLC (assignee of original landlord, New
Goodyear LTD) and IsoTis Orthobiologics, Inc., dated
as of February 23, 2006, for property at 2 Goodyear,
Irvine, CA (the “Irvine Industrial Real Estate Lease”)

Amendment No. 1 to Irvine Industrial Real Estate
Lease, dated as of May 26, 2011

Amendment No. 2 to Irvine Industrial Real Estate
Lease, dated as of May 14, 2013

Sublease Agreement between SeaSpine Orthopedics
Corporation, and SkinMedica, Inc., dated as of July 8,
2015

SeaSpine Holdings Corporation Senior Leadership
Retention and Severance Plan, effective January 27,
2016

Credit Agreement between SeaSpine Holdings
Corporation, SeaSpine Orthopedics Corporation,
SeaSpine, Inc., SeaSpine Sales LLC, Theken Spine,
LLC, ISOTIS Orthobiologics, Inc. and Wells Fargo
Bank, National Association, as administrative agent for
each member of the lender group and the bank product
providers, entered into as of December 24, 2015

  Form 10

  001-36905-15904590

6/1/2015

  Form 10

  001-36905-15904590

6/1/2015

  Form 10

  001-36905-15904590

6/1/2015

  Form 8-K

  001-36905-151103433

9/11/2015

  Form 8-K

  001-36905-161378936

2/2/2016

10.11(a)

  Form 10-K

  001-36905-161510399

3/16/2016

62

 
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
First Amendment to Credit Agreement and Waiver
among SeaSpine Holdings Corporation, SeaSpine
Orthopedics Corporation, SeaSpine, Inc., SeaSpine
Sales LLC, Theken Spine, LLC, ISOTIS
Orthobiologics, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National
Association, as administrative agent for each member of
the lender group and the bank product providers, made
as of October 14, 2016

Amended and Restated Credit Agreement between
SeaSpine Holdings Corporation, SeaSpine Orthopedics
Corporation, SeaSpine, Inc., SeaSpine Sales LLC,
Theken Spine, LLC, ISOTIS Orthobiologics, Inc. and
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as
administrative agent for each member of the lender
group and the bank product providers, entered into as of
July 27, 2018

10.11(b)

10.11(c)

  Form 10-K

  001-36905-17665133

3/3/2017

  Form 10-Q

  001-36905-181164006

11/6/2018

SeaSpine Holdings Corporation Amended and Restated
2015 Incentive Award Plan (As Amended and Restated
as of March 30, 2016)

10.12(a)**

  Form S-8

  333-211887-161700155

6/7/2016

10.12(b)**

First Amendment to the SeaSpine Holdings Corporation
Amended and Restated 2015 Incentive Award Plan

  Form 8-K

  001-36905-161841057

8/18/2016

Second Amendment to the SeaSpine Holdings
Corporation Amended and Restated 2015 Inventive
Award Plan

10.12(c)**

SeaSpine Holdings Corporation Amended and Restated
2015 Incentive Award Plan- Form of Stock Option
Grant Notice (including Stock Option Agreement)

10.12(d)**

SeaSpine Holdings Corporation Amended and Restated
2015 Incentive Award Plan - Form of Stock Option
Grant Notice (including Stock Option Agreement)

10.12(e)**

SeaSpine Holdings Corporation Amended and Restated
2015 Incentive Award Plan- Form of Restricted Stock
Award Grant Notice and Restricted Stock Award
Agreement

10.12(f)**

SeaSpine Holdings Corporation Amended and Restated
2015 Incentive Award Plan - Form of Restricted Stock
Unit Award Grant Notice and Restricted Stock Unit
Award Agreement.

  Form S-8

  333-223435-18663875

3/5/2018

  Form S-8

  333-211887-161700155

6/7/2016

  Form 10

  001-36905-15904590

6/1/2015

  Form S-8

  333-211887-161700155

6/7/2016

10.12(g)**

  Form 10-K

  001-36905-17665133

3/3/2017

63

 
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
  Form 10-K

  001-36905-18663242

3/2/2018

10.12(h)**

10.12(i)**

SeaSpine Holdings Corporation Amended and Restated
2015 Incentive Award Plan - Form of Restricted Stock
Unit Award Grant Notice and Restricted Stock Unit
Award Agreement. (used for grants on and after
February 1, 2018)

SeaSpine Holdings Corporation Amended and Restated
2015 Incentive Award Plan - Form of Restricted Stock
Unit Award Grant Notice and Restricted Stock Unit
Award Agreement. (used for grants on and after January
1, 2020)

  X

SeaSpine Holdings Corporation Amended and Restated
2015 Incentive Award Plan - Form of Stock Option
Grant Notice and Stock Option Agreement. (used for
grants on and after June 6, 2018 for Senior Leadership
Team Members)

10.12(j)**

  Form 10-Q

  001-36905-18979117

7/31/2018

SeaSpine Holdings Corporation Amended and Restated
2015 Incentive Award Plan - Form of Stock Option
Grant Notice and Stock Option Agreement. (used for
grants on and after June 6, 2018 for Non-Senior
Leadership Team Members)

10.12(k)**

  Form 10-Q

  001-36905-18979117

7/31/2018

10.13(a)**

SeaSpine Holdings Corporation 2018 Employment
Inducement Incentive Award Plan

  Form 10-Q

  001-36905-18979117

7/31/2018

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Grant Notice and
Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under the
SeaSpine Holdings Corporation 2018 Employment
Inducement Incentive Award Plan

10.13(b)**

Form of Stock Option Grant Notice and Stock Option
Agreement under the SeaSpine Holdings Corporation
2018 Employment Inducement Incentive Award Plan
(for Senior Leadership Team Members)

10.13(c)**

Form of Stock Option Grant Notice and Stock Option
Agreement under the SeaSpine Holdings Corporation
2018 Employment Inducement Incentive Award Plan
(for Non-Senior Leadership Team Members)

10.13(d)**

  Form 10-Q

  001-36905-18979117

7/31/2018

  Form 10-Q

  001-36905-18979117

7/31/2018

  Form 10-Q

  001-36905-18979117

7/31/2018

10.14**

Amended and Restated Non-Employee Director
Compensation Program, effective May 30, 2018

  Form 10-Q

  001-36905-18979117

7/31/2018

64

 
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
10.15**

  Patrick Keran Letter Agreement, dated October 1, 2015    

  Form 10-Q

  001-36905-17818719

5/5/2017

Supply Agreement, dated May 15, 2013, by and
between Integra LifeSciences Corporation and PcoMed,
LLC, and subsequent assignment to SeaSpine Holdings
Corporation on May 21, 2015

10.16*

  Form 8-K

  001-36905-181116276

10/10/2018

10.17*

  Tyler Lipschultz Letter Agreement, dated July 9, 2015

  Form 10-Q

  001-36905-19788614

5/1/2019

21.1

  Subsidiaries of the Registrant

  Form 10-K

  001-36905-161510399

3/16/2016

23.1

24.1

31.1

31.2

32.1***

32.2***

Consent of RSM, Independent Registered Public
Accounting Firm

  X

  Power of Attorney (included on the signatures page)

  X

Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

  X

Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

  X

Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

  X

Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

†101.INS

  XBRL Instance Document

†101.SCH

  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

†101.CAL

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase
Document

†101.DEF

  XBRL Definition Linkbase Document

†101.LAB

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Labels Linkbase
Document

  X

  X

  X

  X

  X

  X

65

 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
†101.PRE

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase
Document

  X

*

#

Confidential treatment has been requested or granted to certain confidential information contained in this exhibit. Such information was omitted from
this exhibit by means of redacting a portion of the text and replacing it with an asterisk. We have filed separately with the SEC an unredacted copy of
the exhibit.

Certain schedules and attachments referenced in this agreement have been omitted in accordance with Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K. A copy of
any omitted schedule and attachment will be furnished supplementally to the SEC upon request.

**

Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

*** These certifications are being furnished solely to accompany this report pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, and are not being filed for purposes of Section 18
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and are not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of the registrant, whether made before or after the
date hereof, regardless of any general incorporation by reference language in such filing.

†

The  financial  information  of  SeaSpine  Holdings  Corporation  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019  filed  on
February 28, 2020 formatted in XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language): (i) the Consolidated Statements of Operations, (ii) the Consolidated
Statements  of  Comprehensive  Loss,  (iii)  the  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets,  (iv)  Parenthetical  Data  to  the  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets,  (v)  the
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, (vi) the Consolidated Statements of Equity, and (vii) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, is furnished
electronically herewith.

ITEM 16.

FORM 10-K SUMMARY

None.

66

 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

Date: February 28, 2020

SEASPINE HOLDINGS CORPORATION

/s/ Keith C. Valentine

Keith C. Valentine

President and Chief Executive Officer

67

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Power of Attorney

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Keith C. Valentine and John J.
Bostjancic, jointly and severally, his or her attorneys-in-fact, each with the power of substitution, for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any
amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities
and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be done
by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant in
the capacities and on the dates indicated:

Signature

Title

Date

/s/ Keith C. Valentine

Keith C. Valentine

/s/ John J. Bostjancic

John J. Bostjancic

/s/ Kirtley C. Stephenson

Kirtley C. Stephenson

/s/ Stuart M. Essig

Stuart M. Essig

/s/ Keith Bradley

Keith Bradley

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)

February 28, 2020

Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

February 28, 2020

Chair of the Board

  February 28, 2020

Lead Independent Director

  February 28, 2020

Director

  February 28, 2020

/s/ Kimberly Commins-Tzoumakas

Kimberly Commins-Tzoumakas

Director

  February 28, 2020

/s/ Michael Fekete

Michael Fekete

/s/ Renee M. Gaeta

Renee M. Gaeta

/s/ John B. Henneman, III

John B. Henneman, III

Director

  February 28, 2020

Director

  February 28, 2020

Director

  February 28, 2020

68

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of SeaSpine Holdings Corporation

Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of SeaSpine Holdings Corporation and its subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31,
2019, and 2018, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the years then ended, and the
related notes to the consolidated financial statements and schedule (collectively, the financial statements). In our opinion, the financial statements present
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for
the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial
statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB)
and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the
Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor
were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of
internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial
reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and
performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the
financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating
the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 /s/ RSM US LLP

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2017.

Los Angeles, California
February 28, 2020 

F- 1

  
 
 
 
    
SEASPINE HOLDINGS CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(In thousands, except per share data)

Total revenue, net

Cost of goods sold

Gross profit

Operating expenses:

Selling and marketing

General and administrative

Research and development

Intangible amortization

Impairment of intangible assets

Total operating expenses

Operating loss

Other (income) expense, net

Loss before income taxes

Provision for income taxes

Net loss

Net loss per share, basic and diluted

Weighted average shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

$

159,083   $

57,979  

101,104  

83,445  

33,594  

15,125  

3,169  

4,993  

140,326  

(39,222)  

(302)  

(38,920)  

356  

$

$

(39,276)   $

(2.07)   $

18,977  

143,443

55,969

87,474

75,156

30,231

12,058

3,168

—

120,613

(33,139)

256

(33,395)

129

(33,524)

(2.18)

15,358

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F- 2

 
 
 
 
 
SEASPINE HOLDINGS CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
(In thousands)

Net loss

Other comprehensive (loss) income

Foreign currency translation adjustments

Unrealized gain (loss) on investments

Comprehensive loss

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

(39,276)   $

(33,524)

(171)  

3  

(345)

(3)

(39,444)   $

(33,872)

$

$

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F- 3

 
 
 
 
 
   
SEASPINE HOLDINGS CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands, except par value data)

December 31, 2019

December 31, 2018

ASSETS

Current assets:

Cash and cash equivalents

Short-term investments

Trade accounts receivable, net of allowances of $111 and $850

Inventories, net

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

  Total current assets

Property, plant and equipment, net

Intangible assets, net

Other assets

Total assets

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

Current liabilities:

Accounts payable, trade

Accrued compensation

Accrued commissions

Contingent consideration liabilities

Other accrued expenses and current liabilities

  Total current liabilities

Contingent consideration liabilities, net of current portion

Other liabilities

Total liabilities

Commitments and contingencies

Stockholders' equity:

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; 15,000 authorized; no shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2019 and
December 31, 2018

Common stock, $0.01 par value; 60,000 authorized; 19,124 and 18,669 shares issued and outstanding at December
31, 2019 and 2018, respectively

Additional paid-in capital

Accumulated other comprehensive income

Accumulated deficit

Total stockholders' equity

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

$

$

$

20,199   $

—  

24,902  

47,155  

3,906  

96,162  

25,751  

19,173  

632  

141,718   $

7,448   $

7,879  

7,843  

1,864  

5,444  

30,478  

230

1,250  

31,958  

—  

191  

284,211  

1,434  

(176,076)  

109,760  

$

141,718   $

24,233

29,800

20,335

42,742

2,948

120,058

22,623

28,712

949

172,342

9,214

7,900

5,451

129

3,852

26,546

2,367

1,344

30,257

—

187

277,096

1,602

(136,800)

142,085

172,342

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F- 4

 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
SEASPINE HOLDINGS CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)

OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

Net loss

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

Depreciation and amortization

Instrument replacement expense

Impairment of spinal instruments

Impairment of intangible assets

Provision for excess and obsolete inventories

Amortization of debt issuance costs

Deferred income tax provision

Stock-based compensation

Gain from change in fair value of contingent consideration liabilities 

Changes in assets and liabilities:

Accounts receivable

Inventories

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Other non-current assets

Accounts payable

Income taxes payable

Accrued commissions

Other accrued expenses and current liabilities

Other non-current liabilities

Net cash used in operating activities

INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

Purchases of investments

Purchases of property and equipment

Maturities of short-term investments

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

        Borrowings under credit facility

        Repayments of credit facility

Proceeds from issuance of common stock- employee stock purchase plan and exercise of stock options

Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net of offering costs

Repurchases of common stock for income tax withheld upon vesting of restricted stock awards and
restricted stock units

Payment of contingent royalty consideration liabilities in connection with acquisition of business

        Debt issuance costs

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

Non-cash investing activities:

Property and equipment in liabilities

Intangible assets in liabilities

$

$

$

F- 5

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

$

(39,276)   $

(33,524)

10,347  

2,281  

30  

4,993  

3,623  

76  

285  

7,806  

(263)  

(4,621)  

(5,924)  

(420)  

(50)  

(1,458)  

25  

2,385  

(26)  

(90)  

10,695

1,818

527

—

3,430

113

126

5,800

(1,802)

1,383

(3,454)

(963)

(249)

1,860

16

(341)

2,297

(290)

(20,277)  

(12,558)

—  

(12,834)  

30,000  

17,166  

—  

—  

1,440  

—  

(2,129)  

(140)  

—  

(829)  

(94)  

(4,034)  

24,233  

20,199   $

713   $

850   $

(29,756)

(8,348)

—

(38,104)

7,000

(7,000)

2,520

62,611

(627)

(137)

(170)

64,197

(90)

13,445

10,788

24,233

973

—

 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
SEASPINE HOLDINGS CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (CONTINUED)
(In thousands)

Supplemental cash flow information:

Interest paid

Income taxes paid

$

$

155   $

101   $

441

130

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F- 6

 
   
SEASPINE HOLDINGS CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
(In thousands)

Balance December 31, 2017

Net loss

Foreign currency translation adjustment

Unrealized loss on short-term investments

Restricted stock issued

Issuance of common stock under employee stock purchase
plan

Issuance of common stock- ATM transactions

Issuance of common stock- public offering

Issuance of common stock- exercise of stock options

Repurchases of common stock for income tax withheld
upon vesting of restricted stock awards and restricted stock
units

Stock-based compensation

Balance December 31, 2018

Net loss

Foreign currency translation adjustment

Unrealized loss on short-term investments

Restricted stock issued

Issuance of common stock under employee stock purchase
plan

Issuance of common stock- exercise of stock options

Repurchases of common stock for income tax withheld
upon vesting of restricted stock awards and restricted stock
units

Stock-based compensation

Balance December 31, 2019

 Common Stock

 Additional

 Accumulated Other    

Total

Number of

Shares

 Amount

 Paid-In

 Capital

Comprehensive

Accumulated

Stockholders'

Income

Deficit

 Equity

13,508   $

135   $

206,844   $

1,950   $

(103,276)   $

105,653

—  

—  

—  

259  

160

882  

3,738  

124  

(2)

—  

—  

—  

—  

3  

2

9  

37  

1  

—

—  

—  

—  

(1)  

1,107

8,505  

54,060  

1,410  

(629)

—  

5,800  

—  

(345)  

(3)  

—  

—

—  

—  

—  

—

—  

(33,524)  

—  

—  

—  

—

—  

—  

—  

—

—  

(33,524)

(345)

(3)

2

1,109

8,514

54,097

1,411

(629)

5,800

18,669   $

187   $

277,096   $

1,602   $

(136,800)   $

142,085

—  

—  

—  

319  

120

17  

(1)

—  

19,124  

—  

—  

—  

3  

1

—  

—

191  

—  

—  

—  

(1)  

1,209

230  

(2,129)

7,806  

284,211  

—  

(171)  

3  

—  

—

—  

—

—  

(39,276)  

—  

—  

—  

—

—  

—

—  

1,434  

(176,076)  

(39,276)

(171)

3

2

1,210

230

(2,129)

7,806

109,760

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F- 7

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SEASPINE HOLDINGS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. BUSINESS AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Business

SeaSpine Holdings Corporation was incorporated in Delaware on February 12, 2015 in connection with the spin-off of the orthobiologics and spinal implant
business of Integra LifeSciences Holdings Corporation, a diversified medical technology company. The spin-off occurred on July 1, 2015. Unless the context
indicates  otherwise,  (i)  references  to  "SeaSpine"  or  the  "Company"  refer  to  SeaSpine  Holdings  Corporation  and  its  wholly-owned  subsidiaries,  and  (ii)
references to "Integra" refer to Integra LifeSciences Holdings Corporation and its subsidiaries other than SeaSpine.

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

The Company prepared the consolidated financial statements included in this report in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S.
(GAAP).  The  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  the  Company  and  its  wholly-owned  subsidiaries.  Intercompany  accounts  and
transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Under  current  SEC  rules,  generally,  a  company  qualifies  as  a  "smaller  reporting  company"  if  it  has  a  public  float  of  less  than  $250  million  as  of  the  last
business day of its most recently completed second fiscal quarter. If a company qualifies as a smaller reporting company on that date, it may elect to reflect
that  determination  and  use  the  smaller  reporting  company  scaled  disclosure  accommodations  in  its  subsequent  SEC  filings  until  the  beginning  of  the  first
quarter  of  the  fiscal  year  following  the  date  it  determines  it  does  not  qualify  as  a  smaller  reporting  company.  The  Company's  public  float  as  of  the  last
business day of its second fiscal quarter of 2019 was less than $250 million, and as such, the Company qualifies as a smaller reporting company, elected to
reflect that determination and intends to use certain of the scaled disclosure accommodations in its SEC filings made during and for the year ended December
31, 2020.

Concentration of Risk

Integra and PcoMed, LLC (PcoMed) entered into a supply agreement on May 15, 2013 (the "Supply Agreement"), which was subsequently assigned to the
Company by Integra on May 21, 2015. For the year ending December 31, 2019, the sales of products incorporating the NanoMetalene® technology licensed
and supplied to the Company pursuant to the Supply Agreement represent approximately 12% of the Company's revenue.

Pursuant to the Supply Agreement, PcoMed granted the Company a worldwide exclusive license to sell certain of its products treated with certain proprietary
PcoMed technology (Treatment) for use in the spinal interbody and intervertebral market (Treated Products). PcoMed serves as the sole supplier of the
Treatment. As consideration for the license and the Treatment, the Company paid to PcoMed initial milestone payments prior to the initial sale and the
Company will pay PcoMed a low single digit royalty on the Company’s net sales of all Treated Products. In the event the Company fails to meet any of its
payment obligations, the license will, at PcoMed’s option and following a cure period, convert to a non-exclusive license. The Supply Agreement contains
customary representations and termination provisions, including for material breach and bankruptcy. Each of the Company and PcoMed retain the rights to
their respective intellectual property.

The Company's financial instruments that are exposed to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash. Cash balances are maintained primarily at
major financial institutions in the United States and exceed the regulatory limit of $250,000 insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC).
The Company has not experienced any credit losses associated with its cash balances.

F- 8

SEASPINE HOLDINGS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Use of Estimates

Preparing  consolidated  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  GAAP  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported
amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent liabilities, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses. Significant estimates affecting
amounts reported or disclosed in the consolidated financial statements include allowances for doubtful accounts receivable and sales returns and other credits,
net realizable value of inventories, discount rates and estimated projected cash flows used to value and test impairments of identifiable intangible and long-
lived  assets,  assumptions  related  to  the  timing  and  probability  of  product  launch  dates,  discount  rates  matched  to  the  estimated  timing  of  payments,
probability  of  success  rates  and  discount  adjustments  on  the  related  cash  flows  for  contingent  considerations  in  business  combinations,  depreciation  and
amortization  periods  for  identifiable  intangible  and  long-lived  assets,  computation  of  taxes,  valuation  allowances  recorded  against  deferred  tax  assets,  the
valuation of stock-based compensation and loss contingencies. These estimates are based on historical experience and on various other assumptions believed
to be reasonable under the current circumstances. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The  Company  considers  all  highly  liquid  investments  with  a  maturity  of  90  days  or  less  at  the  date  of  purchase  to  be  cash  equivalents.  Cash  and  cash
equivalents include cash readily available in checking and money market accounts.

Investments

The Company has designated its entire portfolio of fixed income securities as available-for-sale. These securities are recorded at fair value based on quoted
market prices with unrealized gains and losses, net of deferred income taxes, accounted for as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income in
stockholders’ equity. The Company’s short-term investments have maturities of greater than three and less than 12 months when purchased and are carried at
fair value.

In  accordance  with  Financial  Accounting  Standard  Board  (FASB)  Accounting  Standards  Codification  320,  Investments  -  Debt  and  Equity  Securities,  the
Company assesses whether it intends to sell or it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell a debt security before recovery of its amortized cost
basis less any current-period credit losses. For debt securities that are considered other-than-temporarily impaired and that the Company does not intend to
sell and will not be required to sell prior to recovery of its amortized cost basis, the Company separates the amount of the impairment into the amount that is
credit-related (referred to as the credit loss component) and the amount due to all other factors. The credit loss component is recognized in net income and is
the  difference  between  the  security’s  amortized  cost  basis  and  the  present  value  of  its  expected  future  cash  flows.  The  remaining  difference  between  the
security’s fair value and the present value of future expected cash flows is due to factors that are not credit-related and is recognized in accumulated other
comprehensive income (“AOCI”). For debt securities that are intended to be sold, or that management believes are more likely than not to be required to be
sold prior to recovery, the full impairment is recognized immediately in earnings.

Realized gains and losses on sales of investments are determined on a specific-identification basis. Interest income is recognized on an accrual basis. See Note
4, "Balance Sheet Details", below, for further discussion regarding investments.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The  carrying  amounts  of  cash,  cash  equivalents,  receivables,  accounts  payable  and  accrued  expenses  at  December  31,  2019  and  2018,  are  considered  to
approximate fair value because of the short-term nature of those items.

The Company measures certain assets and liabilities in accordance with authoritative guidance which requires fair value measurements to be classified and
disclosed in one of the following three categories:

Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for assets or liabilities.
Level 2: Observable prices that are based on inputs not quoted on active markets, but corroborated by market data.
Level 3: Unobservable inputs are used when little or no market data is available.

F- 9

  
 
SEASPINE HOLDINGS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

The carrying amount of short-term investments at December 31, 2018 are carried at fair value based on quoted market prices in active markets. This fair value
measurement is categorized within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. There were no short-term investments at December 31, 2019.

The carrying amounts of contingent consideration liabilities at December 31, 2019 and 2018 related to business combinations are measured at fair value on a
recurring  basis,  and  are  classified  within  Level  3  of  the  fair  value  hierarchy  because  they  use  significant  unobservable  inputs.  See  Note  5,  "Fair  Value
Measurements", below, for further information.

Trade Accounts Receivable and Allowances

Trade accounts receivable in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are presented net of allowances for doubtful accounts and sales returns and other
credits. The Company grants credit to customers in the normal course of business, but generally does not require collateral or any other security to support its
receivables.

The Company evaluates the collectability of accounts receivable based on a combination of factors. In circumstances where a specific customer is unable to
meet its financial obligations to the Company, a provision to the allowances for doubtful accounts is recorded to reduce the net recognized receivable to the
amount that is reasonably expected to be collected. For all other customers, a provision to the allowances for doubtful accounts is recorded based on factors
including  the  length  of  time  the  receivables  are  past  due,  the  current  business  environment  and  the  Company’s  historical  experience.  Provisions  to  the
allowances for doubtful accounts are recorded to selling and marketing expenses. Account balances are charged off against the allowance when it is probable
that the receivable will not be recovered.

Inventories

Inventories, consisting of purchased materials, direct labor and manufacturing overhead, are stated at the lower of cost, the value determined by the first-in,
first-out method, or market.

At each balance sheet date, the Company evaluates inventories for excess quantities, obsolescence or shelf life expiration. This evaluation includes analysis of
the  Company's  current  and  future  strategic  plans,  historical  sales  levels  by  product,  projections  of  future  demand,  the  risk  of  technological  or  competitive
obsolescence for products, general market conditions, a review of the shelf life expiration dates for products, as well as the feasibility of reworking or using
excess or obsolete products or components in the production or assembly of other products that are not obsolete or for which there are not excess quantities in
inventory. To the extent that management determines there are excess or obsolete inventory or quantities with a shelf life that is too near its expiration for the
Company  to  reasonably  expect  that  it  can  sell  those  products  prior  to  their  expiration,  the  Company  adjusts  the  carrying  value  to  estimated  net  realizable
value.

The  Company  capitalizes  inventory  costs  associated  with  certain  products  prior  to  regulatory  approval,  based  on  management’s  judgment  of  probable
economic benefit. The Company could be required to expense previously capitalized costs related to pre-approval inventory upon a change in such judgment,
due to, among other potential factors, a denial or delay of approval by necessary regulatory bodies or a decision by management to discontinue the related
development program. No material amounts were capitalized at December 31, 2019 or 2018.

Property, Plant, and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and any impairment charges. The
Company provides for depreciation using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized over
the lesser of the lease term or the useful life. The cost of major additions and improvements is capitalized, while maintenance and repair costs that do not
improve or extend the lives of the respective assets are charged to operations as incurred. The cost of computer software obtained for internal use is accounted
for in accordance with the Codification 350-40, Internal-Use Software.

The cost of purchased spinal instruments that the Company consigns to hospitals and independent sales agents to support surgeries is initially capitalized as
construction in progress. The amount is then either reclassified to spinal instruments and sets and depreciation is initiated when instruments are put together in
a  newly  built  set  with  spinal  implants,  or  directly  expensed  for  the  instruments  used  to  replace  damaged  instruments  in  an  existing  set.  The  depreciation
expense and direct expense for replacement instruments are recorded in selling and marketing expense.

Business Combinations

F- 10

SEASPINE HOLDINGS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

The purchase price of each acquisition is allocated to the net assets acquired based on estimates of their fair values at the date of the acquisition. Any purchase
price  in  excess  of  these  net  assets  is  recorded  as  goodwill,  and  any  fair  value  of  these  net  assets,  excluding  goodwill,  in  excess  of  the  purchase  price  is
recorded  as  a  bargain  purchase  gain.  The  allocation  of  purchase  price  in  certain  cases  may  be  subject  to  revision  based  on  the  final  determination  of  fair
values during the measurement period, which may be up to one year from the acquisition date.

Contingent  consideration  liability  is  recognized  at  the  estimated  fair  value  on  the  acquisition  date.  Subsequent  changes  to  the  fair  value  of  contingent
consideration liability are recognized in the statement of operations. Contingent consideration liability related to acquisitions consist of commercial milestone
payments  and  contingent  royalty  payments,  and  are  valued  using  discounted  cash  flow  techniques.  The  fair  value  of  commercial  milestone  payments  and
contingent  royalty  payments  reflects  management’s  expectations  of  probability  and  amount  of  payment,  and  increases  or  decreases  as  the  probability  and
amount of payment or expectation of timing of payment changes.

Identifiable Intangible Assets

Identifiable  intangible  assets  are  initially  recorded  at  fair  value  at  the  time  of  acquisition,  generally  using  an  income  or  cost  approach.  The  Company
capitalizes costs incurred to renew or extend the term of recognized intangible assets and amortizes those costs over their expected useful lives.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived  assets  held  and  used  by  the  Company,  including  property,  plant  and  equipment  and  intangible  assets,  are  reviewed  for  impairment  whenever
events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. For purposes of evaluating the recoverability of
long-lived assets to be held and used, a recoverability test is performed using projected undiscounted net cash flows applicable to the long-lived assets. If an
impairment exists, the amount of such impairment is calculated based on the estimated fair value of the asset. Impairments to long-lived assets to be disposed
of are recorded based upon the difference between the carrying value and the fair value of the applicable assets. The Company determined an impairment
exists for certain intangible assets during the year ended December 31, 2019 and there was no such determination during the year ended December 31, 2018.
Excluding the impairment of spinal instruments, there was no impairment of tangible long-lived assets in any of the periods presented. See Note 4, "Balance
Sheet Details", below, for additional information.

Foreign Currency

The  Company  generates  revenues  outside  the  United  States  in  multiple  foreign  currencies  including  euros,  Swiss  francs  and  in  U.S.  dollar-denominated
transactions conducted with customers who generate revenue in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. The Company also incurs operating expenses in euros
and  Swiss  francs.  All  assets  and  liabilities  of  foreign  subsidiaries  which  have  a  functional  currency  other  than  the  U.S.  dollar  are  translated  at  the  rate  of
exchange at year-end, while elements of the income statement are translated at the average exchange rates in effect during the year. The net effect of these
translation  adjustments  is  shown  as  a  component  of  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income.  These  currency  translation  adjustments  are  not  currently
adjusted for income taxes as they relate to permanent investments in non-U.S. subsidiaries. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses are reported in other
income (expense), net.

Income Taxes

The Company recognizes tax benefits in its financial statements when its uncertain tax positions are more likely than not to be sustained upon audit. The
amount recognized is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The Company
recognizes deferred tax assets for deductible temporary differences, operating loss carryforwards and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets are reduced
by valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that some portion, or all, of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

Revenue Recognition

Net sales are derived primarily from the sale of orthobiologics and spinal implant products globally. Revenue is recognized when obligations under the terms
of  a  contract  with  the  Company's  customer  are  satisfied  which  occurs  with  the  transfer  of  control  of  the  Company's  products.  This  occurs  either  upon
shipment  or  delivery  of  goods,  depending  on  whether  the  contract  is  Free  on  Board  (FOB)  origin  or  FOB  destination,  or,  in  other  situations  such  as
consignment arrangements, when the products are used in

F- 11

SEASPINE HOLDINGS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

a  surgical  procedure  (implanted  in  a  patient).  Revenue  is  measured  as  the  amount  of  consideration  the  Company  expects  to  receive  in  exchange  for
transferring products to a customer (transaction price).

To the extent that the transaction price includes variable consideration, such as discounts, list price discounts, rebates, volume discounts and customer
payment penalties, the Company estimates the amount of variable consideration that should be included in the transaction price utilizing the most likely
amount method. Variable consideration is included in the transaction price if, in the Company’s judgment, it is probable that a significant future reversal of
cumulative revenue under the contract will not occur. Estimates of variable consideration and determination of whether to include estimated amounts in the
transaction price are based largely on an assessment of the Company’s anticipated performance and all information (historical, current and forecasted) that is
reasonably available.

The Company reduces revenue by estimates of potential future product returns and other allowances. Provisions for product returns and other allowances are
recorded as a reduction to revenue in the period sales are recognized. The Company estimates the amount of sales returns and allowances that will eventually
be incurred. Certain contracts with stocking distributors contain provisions requiring the Company to repurchase inventory upon termination of the contract or
discontinuation of a product line. Included in the sales returns reserve within other current liabilities is an estimate of repurchases that are likely to be made
under these provisions. Management analyzes sales programs that are in effect, contractual arrangements, market acceptance and historical trends when
evaluating the adequacy of sales returns and allowance accounts.

Product royalties account for less than 1% of total revenue for any of the periods presented, and are estimated and recognized in the same period that the
royalty-based products are sold by licensees. The Company estimates and recognizes royalty revenue based upon communication with licensees, historical
information and expected sales trends. Differences between actual revenues and estimated royalty revenues are adjusted in the period in which they become
known, which is typically the following quarter. Historically, such adjustments have not been material.

See Note 10, "Segment and Geographic Information", below for a presentation of the Company's disaggregated revenue.

Shipping and Handling Fees and Costs

The Company has elected to account for shipping and handling activities as fulfillment activities. As such, the Company does not evaluate shipping and
handling as promised services to its customers. Shipping and handling costs of $2.5 million and $1.8 million for shipments of loaned spinal implants and
instrumentation sets and costs incurred for internal movement of inventory were recorded in selling and marketing expense during the years ended
December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Research and Development

Research and development costs, including salaries, stock-based compensation, depreciation, consultant, clinical study, product registration and other external
fees, and facility costs directly attributable to research and development activities, are expensed in the period in which they are incurred.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company's stock-based compensation has been recognized through the consolidated statement of operations and the Company's additional paid-in capital
account on the consolidated balance sheet.

The Company recognizes the expense related to the fair value of their stock-based compensation awards. Stock-based compensation expense for stock option
awards was based on the fair value on the grant date using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model. The fair value of restricted stock granted prior to
the  spin-off  was  based  on  the  Integra’s  stock  price  at  the  grant  date,  and  the  fair  value  of  restricted  stock  granted  after  the  spin-off  was  based  on  the
Company's stock price at the grant date. The long form method was used in the determination of the windfall tax benefit.

The stock-based compensation is initially measured at the fair value of the awards on the grant date and is then recognized on a ratable basis in the financial
statements over the requisite service period of the award. Stock-based compensation expense was $7.8 million in 2019 and $5.8 million in 2018.

Concentration of Credit Risk

F- 12

 
SEASPINE HOLDINGS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk, consist principally of cash, which is held at major financial
institutions, and trade receivables.

The Company’s products are sold on an uncollateralized basis and on credit terms based upon a credit risk assessment of each customer. A portion of the
Company’s trade receivables to customers outside the United States includes sales to foreign stocking distributors, who then sell to government owned or
supported healthcare systems. The ongoing economic conditions in certain European countries, especially Greece, Ireland, Italy, Portugal and Spain remain
uncertain. Accounts receivable from customers in these countries are not a material amount of the Company’s overall receivables.

None of the Company’s customers accounted for 10% or more of the net sales or accounts receivable for any of the periods presented.

Recent Accounting Standards Not Yet Adopted

The Company qualifies as an “emerging growth company” (EGC) under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups (JOBS) Act and elected to take advantage of the
extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, which permits EGCs to defer compliance with new or
revised accounting standards (the EGC extension) until non-issuers must comply with such standards. Accordingly, so long as the Company continues to
qualify as an EGC, the Company will not have to adopt or comply with new or revised accounting standards until non-issuers must adopt or comply with such
standards.

In February 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU or Update) No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). The new standard requires lessees to
recognize lease liabilities and corresponding right-of-use assets for all leases with lease terms of greater than twelve months. It also changes the definition of a
lease and expands the disclosure requirements of lease arrangements. The new standard must be adopted using the modified retrospective approach. In July
2018,  the  FASB  issued  Update  No.  2018-10,  Codification  Improvements  to  Topic  842  (Leases)  and  Update  No.  2018-11,  Leases  (Topic  842):  Targeted
Improvements. In March 2019, the FASB issued Update No. 2019-01, Leases (Topic 842): Codification Improvements. In November 2019, the FASB issued
Update  No.  2019-10,  Financial  Instruments  -  Credit  Losses  (Topic  326),  Derivatives  and  Hedging  (Topic  815),  and  Leases  (Topic  842):  Effective  Dates,
which  modifies  the  effective  dates  for  Topic  842.  The  amendments  in  ASU  2018-10,  ASU  2018-11,  ASU  2019-01,  and  ASU  2019-10  provide  additional
clarification  and  implementation  guidance  on  certain  aspects  of  the  previously  issued  ASU  2016-02  and  have  the  same  effective  date  and  transition
requirements as ASU 2019-10. The Company has early adopted the standard beginning on January 1, 2020. The Company adopted the new standard electing
the optional transition method that allows for a cumulative-effect adjustment in the period of adoption and did not restate prior periods. The Company applied
the transition package of practical expedients allowed by the standard. The Company has completed the assessment of the new standard and is finalizing the
new  required  disclosures.  As  a  result  of  the  Company’s  adoption  of  the  new  standard,  the  Company  will  record  right-of-use  assets  and  lease  liabilities  of
approximately $9.0 million and $10.5 million, respectively, for existing operating leases in the consolidated balance sheets at January 1, 2020. Additionally,
the Company will reverse approximately $1.5 million of deferred rent liabilities previously recorded under the previous accounting guidance. The adoption of
this new standard will not have a material impact on its consolidated results of operations or cash flows.

In June 2016, the FASB issued Update No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial
Instruments, which requires credit losses on most financial assets measured at amortized cost, including trade receivables, and certain other instruments to be
measured using an expected credit loss model, referred to as the current expected credit loss (CECL) model. Under this model, entities will estimate credit
losses over the entire contractual term of the instrument. The new standard will be effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2023. The FASB has
subsequently issued other related ASUs, which amend ASU 2016-13 to provide clarification and additional guidance. The Company is evaluating the impact
of this standard on its consolidated financial statements.

In June 2018, the FASB issued Update No. 2018-07, Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment
Accounting. This Update will require an entity to apply the requirements of Topic 718 to nonemployee awards except for specific guidance on inputs to an
option pricing model and the attribution of cost (that is, the period of time over which share-based payment awards vest and the pattern of cost recognition
over that period). The amendments specify that Topic 718 applies to all share-based payment transactions in which a grantor acquires goods or services to be
used or consumed in a grantor’s own operations by issuing share-based payment awards. The amendments also clarify that Topic 718 does not apply to share-
based payments used to effectively provide (1) financing to the issuer or (2) awards granted in conjunction with selling goods or services to customers as part
of a contract accounted for under Topic 606. The new standard was effective for the Company beginning on January 1, 2020. The adoption of this new
standard is not expected to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

F- 13

 
SEASPINE HOLDINGS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

In July 2018, the FASB issued Update No. 2018-09, Codification Improvements. This Update includes several amendments to the FASB Accounting
Standards Codification (Codification) intended to clarify, improve, or correct errors in the Codification. Some amendments do not require transition guidance
and are effective upon issuance. The amendments requiring transition guidance was effective for the Company beginning on January 1, 2020. The adoption of
this new standard is not expected to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In August 2018, the FASB issued Update No. 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820)-Disclosure Framework-Changes to the Disclosure Requirements
for Fair Value Measurement. The amendments in this Update modify the disclosure requirements on fair value measurements in Topic 820 based on the
concepts in the Concepts Statement including the consideration of costs and benefits. The new standard was effective for the Company beginning on January
1, 2020. The adoption of this new standard is not expected to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In August 2018, the FASB issued Update No. 2018-15, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other-Internal Use Software (Subtopic 350-40). The amendments in this
Update align the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract with the requirements for
capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software (and hosting arrangements that include an internal-use software license).
The new standard will be effective for the Company beginning on January 1, 2021. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is evaluating the impact of this
standard on its consolidated financial statements.

In April 2019, the FASB issued Update No. 2019-04, Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments-Credit Losses, Topic 815, Derivatives
and Hedging, and Topic 825, Financial Instruments. This Update includes several amendments to the Codification intended to clarify, improve, or correct
errors in the Codification. Some amendments do not require transition guidance and are effective upon issuance. The amendments requiring transition
guidance have the same effective dates as Update No. 2016-13 and will be effective for the Company beginning on January 1, 2023. The Company is
evaluating the impact of this standard on its consolidated financial statements.

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards

In May 2014, the FASB issued Update No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). The new standard provides a five-step approach to
be applied to all contracts with customers. The new standard also requires expanded disclosure about revenue recognition. The new standard as amended by
ASU 2015-14, ASU 2016-10 and ASU 2016-12, was effective for the Company beginning on January 1, 2019. The Company performed an assessment of the
impact of this new standard on its consolidated financial statements. In assessing the impact, the Company outlined all revenue streams, and considered the
five steps outlined in the standard for product sales, from which substantially all the Company's revenue is generated. The Company analyzed the impact of
this new standard on all revenue streams and on all contracts with customers, including by reviewing contracts and current accounting policies and practices
to identify differences that would result from applying the requirements under the new standard. The Company adopted the new standard using the modified
retrospective method under which the cumulative effect of initially applying the new guidance to open contracts as of December 31, 2018 is recognized as an
adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings as of January 1, 2019. The timing of revenue recognition under the new standard is not materially
different from the Company's previous revenue recognition policy. As a result of the Company's adoption of the new standard, the Company reclassed its
sales return reserve from accounts receivable to a refund liability account within other current liabilities. Based on the Company’s analysis of open contracts
as of December 31, 2018, the cumulative effect of applying the new standard was not material.

In August 2016, the FASB issued Update No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash
Receipts and Cash Payments. This new standard addresses eight specific cash flow issues related to cash receipts and cash payments with the objective of
reducing the existing diversity of presentation and classification in the statement of cash flows. The new standard was effective for the Company beginning
on January 1, 2019 and was applied using a retrospective transition method to each period presented. Adoption of this new guidance had no impact on the
Company’s cash flows statements.

In May 2017, the FASB issued Update No. 2017-09, Compensation- Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope of Modification Accounting. The new standard
provides guidance regarding which changes to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award require an entity to apply modification accounting in
Topic 718. The new standard was effective for the Company beginning on January 1, 2018. Adoption of this new guidance had no impact on the Company’s
consolidated financial statements.

F- 14

SEASPINE HOLDINGS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Net Loss Per Share

Basic  and  diluted  net  loss  per  share  was  calculated  using  the  weighted-average  number  of  shares  of  common  stock  outstanding  during  the  period.  The
weighted  average  number  of  shares  used  to  compute  diluted  net  loss  per  share  excludes  any  assumed  exercise  of  stock  options,  any  assumed  issuance  of
common stock under restricted stock awards or units, and any assumed issuances under the Company's employee stock purchase plan, because the effect, in
each  case,  would  be  antidilutive.  Common  stock  equivalents  of  3.6  million  and  3.4  million  shares  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2019  and  2018,
respectively, were excluded from the calculation because of their antidilutive effect.

3. DEBT AND INTEREST

Credit Agreement

In December 2015, the Company entered into a three-year credit facility with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, which was amended in October 2016
and in July 2018 (as amended, the Credit Facility). The Credit Facility provides an asset-backed revolving line of credit of up to $30.0 million with a maturity
date of July 27, 2021, which is subject to a one-time, one-year extension at the Company's election. In addition, under the Credit Facility, at any time through
July 27, 2020, the Company may increase the $30.0 million borrowing limit by up to an additional $10.0 million, subject to the Company having sufficient
amounts of eligible accounts receivable and inventory and to customary conditions precedent, including obtaining the commitment of lenders to provide such
additional amount. In connection with the Credit Facility, the Company was required to become a guarantor and to provide a security interest in substantially
all its assets for the benefit of the counterparty.

In June 2018 and September 2018, the Company borrowed $4.0 million and $3.0 million under the Credit Facility, respectively. The Company elected to have
the LIBOR rate apply to the amounts borrowed with an interest period of six months commencing on June 28, 2018 and three months commencing on
September 25, 2018, respectively. On November 2, 2018, the Company repaid the entire $7.3 million of outstanding borrowings plus accrued interest under
the Credit Facility. There were no amounts outstanding under the Credit Facility at December 31, 2019 or 2018. At December 31, 2019, the Company had
$25.4 million of current borrowing capacity under the Credit Facility. Debt issuance costs and legal fees related to the Credit Facility totaling $0.6 million
were recorded as a deferred asset and are being amortized ratably over the term of the arrangement.

Borrowings under the Credit Facility accrue interest at the rate then applicable to base rate loans (as customarily defined), unless and until converted into
LIBOR rate loans (as customarily defined) in accordance with the Credit Facility. Borrowings bear interest at a floating annual rate equal to (a) during any
month for which the Company's average excess availability (as customarily defined) is greater than $20.0 million, (i) base rate plus 1.25 percentage points for
base  rate  loans  and  (ii)  LIBOR  rate  plus  2.25  percentage  points  for  LIBOR  rate  loans,  (b)  during  any  month  for  which  the  Company's  average  excess
availability is greater than $10.0 million but less than or equal to $20.0 million, (i) base rate plus 1.50 percentage points for base rate loans and (ii) LIBOR
rate plus 2.50 percentage points for LIBOR rate loans and (c) during any month for which the Company's average excess availability is less than or equal to
$10.0  million,  (i)  base  rate  plus  1.75  percentage  points  for  base  rate  loans  and  (ii)  LIBOR  rate  plus  2.75  percentage  points  for  LIBOR  rate  loans.  The
Company will also pay an unused line fee based on the average amount borrowed under the Credit Facility for the most recently completed month. If such
average amount is 25% or greater of the maximum borrowing capacity, the unused fee will be equal to 0.375% per annum of the amount unused under the
Credit Facility, and if such average amount is less than 25%, the unused line fee will be equal to 0.50% per annum of the amount unused under the Credit
Facility. The unused line fee is due on the first day of each month.

The Credit Facility contains various customary affirmative and negative covenants, including prohibiting the Company from incurring indebtedness without
the lender’s consent. The Credit Facility also includes a financial covenant, that requires the Company to maintain a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of
1.10  to  1.00  for  the  applicable  measurement  period,  if  the  Company's  Total  Liquidity  (as  defined  in  the  Credit  Facility)  is  less  than  $5.0  million.  The
Company was in compliance with all applicable covenants at December 31, 2019.

The Credit Facility also includes customary events of default, including events of default relating to non-payment of amounts due under the Credit Facility,
material inaccuracy of representations and warranties, violation of covenants, bankruptcy and insolvency, failure to comply with health care laws, violation of
certain of the Company’s existing agreements, and the occurrence of a change of control. Under the Credit Facility, if an event of default occurs, the lender
will have the right to terminate the commitments and accelerate the maturity of any loans outstanding.

F- 15

SEASPINE HOLDINGS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

4. BALANCE SHEET DETAILS

Short-term investments. There were no short-term investments as of December 31, 2019. The amortized cost, estimated fair value and gross unrealized gains
and losses on investments as of December 31, 2018 are shown in the table below:

As of December 31, 2018

U.S. Treasury Bills

Amortized Cost

$

29,803  

Gross Unrealized

Gains

(Losses)

(In thousands)
—   $

Fair Value

(3)  

$

29,800

As of December 31, 2018, the Company’s investment portfolio included 9 U.S. Treasury Bills in an unrealized loss position. There were no other-than-
temporary impairments on debt securities or realized gains or losses during the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.

Inventories. Inventories consisted of:

Finished goods

Work in process

Raw materials

December 31, 2019   December 31, 2018
(In thousands)

$

$

30,042   $

10,847  

6,266  

47,155   $

27,589

10,367

4,786

42,742

Property, Plant and Equipment. Property, plant and equipment balances and corresponding useful lives were as follows:

Leasehold improvement

Machinery and production equipment

Spinal instruments and sets

Information systems and hardware

Furniture and fixtures

Construction in progress

     Total

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

Property, plant and equipment, net

December 31, 2019   December 31, 2018  

Useful Lives

(In thousands)

$

5,878   $

8,562  

25,511  

7,442  

1,412  

9,716  

58,521  

(32,770)  

$

25,751   $

Shorter of lease
term or useful life

3-10 years

4-5 years

3-7 years

3-5 years

5,724  

7,752  

23,212  

7,290  

1,222  

7,013    

52,213    

(29,590)  

22,623    

The balance of construction in progress as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 consists primarily of spinal instruments not yet placed into service.

Depreciation and amortization expenses totaled $4.9 million and $4.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, and included
$0.9 million and $0.8 million of expenses that were presented within cost of goods sold for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The
cost of purchased instruments used to replace damaged instruments in existing sets and recorded directly to the instrument replacement expense totaled $2.3
million and $1.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Impairment charges against spinal instruments recorded for the year ended December 31, 2019 were immaterial. For the year ended December 31, 2018, the
Company recorded impairment charges totaling $0.5 million against spinal instruments that are no longer expected to be placed into service.

F- 16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
SEASPINE HOLDINGS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Identifiable Intangible Assets.

The Company shifted its commercialization strategy with respect to the product technologies it acquired of N.L.T. Spine Ltd. (NLT) and NLT Spine, Inc., a
wholly  owned  subsidiary  of  NLT,  due  to  market  trend  factors,  new  features  necessary  to  be  competitive,  and  more  cost-effective  internal  development
initiatives  and  the  Company's  estimated  future  net  sales  associated  with  those  product  technologies  decreased.  Accordingly,  the  Company  evaluated  the
ongoing value of the product technology intangible assets associated with the acquisition of these assets. Based on this evaluation, the Company determined
that intangible assets with a carrying amount of $6.8 million were no longer recoverable and were impaired, and the Company wrote those intangible assets
down to their estimated fair value of $1.8 million at June 30, 2019. Significant estimates used in determining the estimated fair value include measurements
estimating cash flows and determining the appropriate discount rate, which are considered Level 3 inputs under Codification 820.

During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company recognized $0.9 million of product technology intangible assets related to the achievement of certain
licensed technology development milestones under a license agreement.

The components of the Company’s identifiable intangible assets were: 

Product technology

Customer relationships

Trademarks/brand names

Product technology

Customer relationships

Trademarks/brand names

Weighted
Average
Life

12 years

12 years

—

Weighted
Average
Life

12 years

12 years

—

December 31, 2019

Cost

Accumulated
Amortization

(In thousands)

  $

34,158   $

(28,912)   $

56,830  

300  

(42,903)  

(300)  

  $

91,288   $

(72,115)   $

December 31, 2018

Cost

Accumulated
Amortization

(In thousands)

  $

40,769   $

(29,153)   $

56,830  

300  

(39,734)  

(300)  

  $

97,899   $

(69,187)   $

Net

Net

5,246

13,927

—

19,173

11,616

17,096

—

28,712

Annual amortization expense (including amounts reported in cost of goods sold) is expected to be approximately, $4.3 million in 2020, $4.3 million in 2021,
$4.2  million  in  2022,  $3.6  million  in  2023,  and  $1.7  million  in  2024.  Amortization  expense  totaled  $5.4  million  and  $6.5  million  for  the  years  ended
December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, and included $2.2 million and $3.3 million, respectively, of amortization of product technology intangible assets
that was presented within cost of goods sold.

F- 17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SEASPINE HOLDINGS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

5. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The fair values of the Company’s assets and liabilities, including contingent consideration liabilities, are measured at fair value on a recurring basis, and are
determined under the fair value categories as follows (in thousands):

December 31, 2019:

    Contingent consideration liabilities- current

    Contingent consideration liabilities- non-current

Total contingent consideration

December 31, 2018:

Short-term investments

Total Assets

    Contingent consideration liabilities- current

    Contingent consideration liabilities- non-current

Total contingent consideration

Total

Quoted Price in Active
Market (Level 1)

Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)

Significant
Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)

1,864   $

230  

2,094   $

—   $

—  

—   $

—   $

—  

—   $

1,864

230

2,094

Total

Quoted Price in Active
Market (Level 1)

Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)

Significant
Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)

29,800   $

29,800   $

129   $

2,367  

2,496   $

—   $

—  

—   $

—   $

—   $

—  

—   $

—

129

2,367

2,496

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

Short-term investments are classified with Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy because they use quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets.

The Company is obligated to pay up to a maximum of $5.0 million in milestone payments under the 2016 asset purchase agreement with NLT, payable at the
Company's election in cash or in shares of its common stock. Such milestone payments are contingent on the Company's achievement of four independent
events related to the commercialization of the product technologies the Company acquired in the transaction. Additionally, the Company must pay royalty
payments, in cash, to NLT equal to declining (over time) percentages of the Company’s future net sales of certain of the acquired product technologies not to
exceed $43.0 million in the aggregate. The Company has the option to terminate any future obligation to make royalty payments by making a one-time cash
payment to NLT of $18.0 million.

Contingent  consideration  liabilities  are  classified  within  Level  3  of  the  fair  value  hierarchy  because  they  use  significant  unobservable  inputs.  For  those
liabilities, fair value is determined using a probability-weighted discounted cash flow model and significant inputs which are not observable in the market.
The significant inputs include assumptions related to the timing and probability of the product launch dates, estimated future sales of the products, discount
rates matched to the timing of payments, and probability of success rates.

F- 18

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
SEASPINE HOLDINGS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

The following table sets forth the changes in the estimated fair value of the Company’s liabilities measured on a recurring basis using significant unobservable
inputs  (Level  3).  The  gain  from  change  in  fair  value  of  contingent  milestone  and  royalty  payments  resulted  from  updated  estimated  timing  of  payments,
probability of success rates, the passage of time, updated discount rates matched to the estimated timing of payments, actual net sales of certain products for
the year ended December 31, 2019, and estimated net sales for future royalty payment periods.

A change in estimated timing of payments, probability of success rates, or estimated net sales for future royalty payment periods would be expected to have a
material impact on the fair value of contingent milestone and royalty payments.

Beginning Balance as of January 1

    Contingent consideration liabilities settled

    Gain from change in fair value of contingent consideration recorded in general and administrative expenses

Ending Balance as of December 31

6. EQUITY AND STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

Common Stock

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

(in thousands)

  $

2,496   $

(139)  

4,435

(137)

(263)

(1,802)

  $

2,094   $

2,496

In August 2016, the Company entered into an equity distribution agreement (Distribution Agreement) with Piper Jaffray & Co. (Piper Jaffray), pursuant to
which the Company may offer and sell shares of its common stock in “at the market” (ATM) offerings (as defined in Rule 415 of the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended) having an aggregate offering price up to $25.0 million in gross proceeds. The shares offered and sold under the Distribution Agreement are
covered by a registration statement on Form S-3 that was declared effective on August 24, 2016. Under the Distribution Agreement, the Company sold
1,500,000 shares of common stock at an average price per share of $10.78 and received net proceeds of approximately $15.6 million (net of $0.6 million of
offering costs) during the year ended December 31, 2017. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company sold an additional 882,332 shares of
common stock at an average price per share of $10.00 and received net proceeds of approximately $8.5 million (net of $0.3 million of offering costs), which
consumed the remaining capacity under the Distribution Agreement. The Company used the net proceeds for general corporate purposes, including sales and
marketing expenditures aimed at growing its business, research and development expenditures focused on product development, and investments in inventory
and spinal instruments and sets.

In May 2018, the Company entered into another equity distribution agreement with Piper Jaffray (the May 2018 Distribution Agreement), pursuant to which
the Company may offer and sell shares of its common stock in ATM offerings having an aggregate offering price up to $50.0 million in gross proceeds. On
March 1, 2019, the Company terminated the May 2018 Distribution Agreement. The Company is not subject to any termination penalties related to May 2018
Distribution Agreement. Prior to termination, the Company did not sell any shares of its common stock pursuant to the May 2018 Distribution Agreement.

In October 2018, the Company entered into an Underwriting Agreement with Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Piper Jaffray and Cantor Fitzgerald & Co. relating
to the issuance and sale of 3,250,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. The Company granted the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days, to
purchase up to an additional 487,500 shares of common stock. The underwriters exercised this option and the offering closed on October 15, 2018 with the
sale of 3,737,500 shares of the Company's common stock. The price to the public in the offering was $15.50 per share, before underwriting discounts and
commissions resulting in net proceeds to the Company of approximately $54.1 million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and
estimated offering expenses payable by the Company. The Company used a portion of the net proceeds from the offering to repay all of its then-outstanding
borrowings under the Credit Facility, and intends to use the remaining proceeds for general corporate purposes, including general and administrative
expenses, capital expenditures and general working capital purposes.

In March 2019, the Company entered into a controlled equity offering sales agreement (Sales Agreement) with Cantor Fitzgerald to sell shares of its common
stock in ATM offerings having an aggregate offering price of up to $50.0 million in gross proceeds. The Company and Cantor Fitzgerald mutually agreed to
terminate the Sales Agreement effective as of October

F- 19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
SEASPINE HOLDINGS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

23, 2019. The Company is not subject to any termination penalties related to the Sales Agreement. Prior to termination, the Company did not sell shares of its
common stock pursuant to the Sales Agreement.

Equity Award Plans

Stock-based compensation expense, all related to employees and non-employee directors, was recognized as follows:

Selling and marketing

General and administrative

Research and development

Cost of goods sold

Total stock-based compensation expense

Total estimated tax benefit related to stock-based compensation expense

  $

December 31,

2019

2018

(In Thousands)
1,628  

4,607   $

1,278  

293  

7,806  

—  

Net effect on net income

  $

7,806   $

1,399

3,873

365

163

5,800

—

5,800

As of June 30, 2015, Integra had stock options, restricted stock awards, performance stock awards, contract stock awards and restricted stock units
outstanding under three plans, the 2000 Equity Incentive Plan, the 2001 Equity Incentive Plan, and the 2003 Equity Incentive Plan. In connection with the
spin-off, Integra equity awards granted to individuals who became employees of SeaSpine were converted to equity awards denominated in SeaSpine
common stock. In general, each post-conversion award is subject to the same terms and conditions as were applicable to the pre-conversion award.

In May 2015, the Company adopted the 2015 Incentive Award Plan, which was subsequently amended and restated with approval of the Company's
stockholders. In February and March 2018, the Company's board of directors approved amendments to the plan that increased the share reserve by an
aggregate of 2,726,000 shares over the then-existing share reserve thereunder, subject to stockholder approval. The Company's stockholders approved both
amendments in May 2018 (the 2015 Incentive Award Plan, as amended and restated to date, the Restated Plan). Under the Restated Plan, the Company can
grant its employees, non-employee directors and consultants incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options, restricted stock, performance stock,
dividend equivalent rights, stock appreciation rights, stock payment awards and other incentive awards. The aggregate number of shares that may be issued or
transferred pursuant to awards under the Restated Plan is the sum of (1) the number of shares issuable upon exercise or vesting of the number of Integra
equity awards converted to the Company's equity awards under the Restated Plan as of the date of the spin-off and (2) 6,235,500 shares of its common stock
in respect of awards granted under the Restated Plan. As of December 31, 2019, 1,832,700 shares were available for issuance under the Restated Plan.

In 2016, the Company established the 2016 Employment Inducement Incentive Award Plan (the 2016 Plan), a broad-based incentive plan which allows for
the issuance of stock-based awards, including non-qualified stock options, restricted stock awards, performance awards, restricted stock unit awards and stock
appreciation rights, to those individuals and in those circumstances described below. An aggregate of 1,000,000 shares are reserved for issuance under the
2016 Plan. The Company has not awarded any shares under the 2016 Plan as of December 31, 2019. As a result of the stockholders' approval of the Restated
Plan, the Company's board of directors will not grant any awards under the 2016 Plan.

In June 2018, the Company established the 2018 Employment Inducement Incentive Award Plan (the 2018 Inducement Plan). The terms of the 2018 Plan are
substantially similar to the terms of the Restated Plan with these principal exceptions: (1) incentive stock options may not be granted under the 2018
Inducement Plan; (2) there are no annual limits on awards that may be issued to an individual under the 2018 Inducement Plan; (3) awards granted under the
2018 Inducement Plan are not required to be subject to any minimum vesting period; and (4) awards may be granted under the 2018 Inducement Plan only to
those individuals and in those circumstances described below. An aggregate of 2,000,000 shares are reserved under the 2018 Inducement Plan. As of
December 31, 2019, 1,939,750 shares were available for issuance under the 2018 Inducement Plan.

Both the 2016 Inducement Plan and the 2018 Inducement Plan were adopted by the Company’s board of directors without stockholder approval pursuant to
Rule 5635(c)(4) of the Nasdaq Listing Rules. In accordance with Rule 5635(c)(4) of the Nasdaq Listing Rules, awards under those plans may only be made to
an employee who has not previously been an employee or member of the Company's board of directors or of any board of directors of any parent or
subsidiary of the Company, or

F- 20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SEASPINE HOLDINGS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

following a bona fide period of non-employment by the Company or a parent or subsidiary, if he or she is granted such award in connection with his or her
commencement of employment with the Company or a subsidiary and such grant is an inducement material to his or her entering into employment with the
Company or such subsidiary.

Restricted Stock Awards and Restricted Stock Units

Restricted stock awards (RSAs) granted to non-employee directors generally have a requisite service period of one year; restricted stock units (RSUs) granted
to employees generally have a requisite service period of three years. Both are subject to graded vesting. The Company expenses the fair value of RSAs and
RSUs on an accelerated basis over the vesting period or requisite service period, whichever is shorter. Stock-based compensation expense related to all equity
awards  includes  an  estimate  for  forfeitures.  The  expected  forfeiture  rate  of  all  equity-based  compensation  is  based  on  historical  experience  of  pre-vesting
forfeitures on awards by each homogeneous group of shareowners. For awards granted to non-executive employees, the forfeiture rate is estimated to be 14%
and 13%  annually  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2019  and  2018,  respectively.  There  is  no  forfeiture  rate  applied  to  awards  granted  to  non-employee
directors or executive employees because their pre-vesting forfeitures are anticipated to be highly unlikely. As individual awards become fully vested, stock-
based compensation expense is adjusted to recognize actual forfeitures.

The following table summarizes RSAs and RSUs granted to SeaSpine employees and non-employee directors during 2019:

Unvested, January 1, 2019

Granted

Cancellations

Released/Vested

Unvested, December 31, 2019

Restricted Stock Awards and Units

Shares (In
thousands)

Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair
Value Per Share

976

346

(27)

(443)

852

$9.56

16.31

12.50

9.57

12.21

The weighted average grant date fair value of RSAs and RSUs granted during 2019 and 2018 was $16.31 and $10.72, respectively. The total fair value of
shares subject to RSAs and RSUs that vested in 2019 and 2018 was $4.3 million and $2.6 million, respectively.

The Company recognized $5.9 million and $4.9 million in expense related to RSAs and RSUs for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
As of December 31, 2019, there was approximately $3.0 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to the unvested portions of RSAs and RSUs.
This expense to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 1.1 years.

Stock Options

Stock option grants to employees generally have a requisite service period of four years, and stock option grants to non-employee directors generally have a
requisite  service  period  of  one year.  Both  are  subject  to  graded  vesting.  The  Company  records  stock-based  compensation  expense  associated  with  stock
options on an accelerated basis over the applicable vesting period within each grant and based on their fair value at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes-
Merton option pricing model. The following weighted-average assumptions were used in the calculation of fair value for options granted during the period
indicated.

Expected dividend yield

Risk-free interest rate

Expected volatility

Expected term (in years)

December 31,

2019

2018

0%  

2.5%  

30.3%  

2.9

0%

2.8%

25.6%

4.9

The Company considered that it has never paid, and does not currently intend to pay, cash dividends. The risk-free interest rates are derived from the U.S.
Treasury yield curve in effect on the date of grant for instruments with a remaining term similar to the expected term of the options. Due to the Company’s
limited historical data, the expected volatility is calculated based upon the historical volatility of comparable companies in the medical device industry whose
share prices are publicly available for a sufficient

F- 21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SEASPINE HOLDINGS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

period of time. The expected term is calculated using the historical weighted average term of the Company’s options. In addition, the Company applies an
expected forfeiture rate when amortizing stock-based compensation expense. The expected forfeiture rate of options is based on historical experience of pre-
vesting forfeitures on awards by each homogeneous group of shareowners. For options granted to non-executive employees, the forfeiture rate is estimated to
be 14%  and  13%  annually  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2019  and  2018,  respectively.  There  is  no  forfeiture  rate  applied  to  options  granted  to  non-
employee directors and executive employees because their pre-vesting forfeitures are anticipated to be highly unlikely. As individual options become fully
vested, stock-based compensation expense is adjusted to recognize actual forfeitures.

A summary of the options granted during 2019 and the total number of options outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and changes since January 1, 2019 are
set forth below:

Outstanding, January 1, 2019

Granted

Exercised

Forfeited

Outstanding, December 31, 2019

Vested or expected to vest, December 31, 2019

Exercisable, December 31, 2019

Number of Shares
Outstanding (In
thousands)

Weighted Average
Exercise Price

2,321   $

435   $

(17)   $

(102)   $

2,637   $

2,618   $

2,163   $

14.64  

18.09  

13.42  

15.58  

15.18  

15.16  

14.68  

Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual Life (In
years)

Aggregate Intrinsic
Value (In thousands)

5.06   $

8,365

—  

—  

—  

4.65   $

4.63   $

4.16   $

—

—

—

506

504

442

The weighted average grant date fair value of options granted during 2019 and 2018 was $4.14 and $3.49, respectively. The total fair value of shares vested in
2019 and 2018 was $1.3 million and $1.4 million, respectively.

The Company recognized $1.2 million and $0.6 million in expense related to stock options for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. As
of December  31,  2019,  there  was  approximately  $0.8  million  of  unrecognized  compensation  expense  related  to  unvested  stock  options.  This  expense  is
expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 1.5 years.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

In May 2015, the Company adopted the SeaSpine Holdings Corporation 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which was amended in November 2018, as
described  below  (as  amended,  the  ESPP).  Under  the  ESPP,  eligible  employees  may  purchase  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  through  payroll
deductions  of  up  to  15%  of  eligible  compensation  during  an  offering  period.  Generally,  each  offering  period  will  be  for  24  months  as  determined  by  the
Company's board of directors. There are four six-month purchase periods in each offering period for contributions to be made and to be converted into shares
at the end of the purchase period. In no event may an employee purchase more than 2,500 shares per purchase period based on the closing price on the first
trading date of an offering period or more than $25,000 worth of stock during any calendar year. The purchase price for shares to be purchased under the
ESPP is 85% of the lesser of the market price of the Company's common stock on the first trading date of an offering period or on any purchase date during
an offering period (June 30 or December 31).

Subject to stockholder approval, on and effective as of November 2, 2018, the Company's board of directors approved an amendment to the ESPP pursuant to
which the share reserve under the ESPP would increase from 400,000 shares to 800,000 shares. The Company's stockholders approved that amendment in
May 2019. The ESPP is intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
as amended (the IRC). The ESPP contains a restart feature, such that if the market price of the stock at the end of any six-month purchase period is lower than
the market price at the original grant date of an offering period, that offering period will terminate after that purchase date, and a new two-year offering period
will commence on the January 1 or July 1 immediately following the date the original offering period terminated. This restart feature was triggered on the
purchase  date  that  occurred  on  December  31,  2016,  such  that  the  offering  period  that  commenced  on  July  1,  2016  was  terminated,  and  a  new  two-year
offering period commenced on January 1, 2017 and ended on December 31, 2018. The restart feature was triggered again on the purchase date that occurred
on June 30, 2019, such that the offering period that commenced on January 1, 2019 was terminated, and a new two-year offering period commenced on July
1, 2019 and will end on June 30, 2021. The Company applied share-based payment modification accounting to the awards that were initially valued at

F- 22

 
 
 
 
  
SEASPINE HOLDINGS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

the grant date to determine the amount of any incremental fair value associated with the modified awards. The impact to stock-based compensation expense
for modifications during the year ended December 31, 2019 was immaterial.

During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, there were 119,602 and 160,059 shares of common stock, respectively, purchased under the ESPP. The
Company recognized $0.7 million and $0.3 million  in  expense  related  to  the  ESPP  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2019  and  2018,  respectively.  As  of
December 31, 2019, 280,462 shares were available under the ESPP for future issuance.

The Company estimates the fair value of shares issued to employees under the ESPP using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model. The following
weighted average assumptions were used in the calculation of fair value of shares under the ESPP at the grant date for the periods indicated:

Expected dividend yield

Risk-free interest rate

Expected volatility

Expected term (in years)

7. LEASES

December 31,

2019

2018

0%  

1.4%  

21.9%  

0.7

0%

2.0%

29.4%

1.3

The  Company  leases  administrative,  manufacturing,  research,  and  distribution  facilities  and  various  manufacturing,  office  and  transportation  equipment
through operating lease agreements.

Future minimum lease payments under the Company's operating leases at December 31, 2019 are as follows:

2020

2021

2022

2023

2024

Thereafter

Total minimum lease payments

Payments Due by
Calendar Year

(In thousands)

$

$

3,299

2,218

2,238

1,563

1,369

3,278

13,965

Total lease expense for each of the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 was $2.1 million.

8. INCOME TAXES

The Company is subject to income taxes in the U.S., Switzerland and France. Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred
income tax assets and liabilities are calculated based on the difference between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and
their  respective  tax  bases  using  the  enacted  income  tax  rates  expected  to  be  in  effect  during  the  years  in  which  the  temporary  differences  are  expected  to
reverse. Valuation allowances are recorded to reduce deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will not be realized. Significant
judgment  is  required  in  determining  whether  a  valuation  allowance  should  be  recorded  against  deferred  tax  assets.  In  assessing  the  need  for  a  valuation
allowance,  management  considers  all  available  evidence  for  each  jurisdiction  including  past  operating  results,  estimates  of  future  taxable  income  and  the
feasibility of ongoing tax planning strategies. In the event that the Company changes its determination as to the amount of deferred tax assets that can be
realized, the Company will adjust its valuation allowance with a corresponding impact to income tax expense in the period in which such determination is
made.

F- 23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SEASPINE HOLDINGS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Income Tax Provision (Benefit)

Income (loss) before income taxes consisted of:

United States operations

Foreign operations

A reconciliation of the U.S. federal statutory rate to the Company’s effective tax rate is:

Federal statutory rate

Increase (decrease) in income taxes resulting from:

State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit

Foreign operations

Changes in valuation allowances

Uncertain tax positions

Research and development credit

Other

Effective tax rate

The provision/(benefit) for income taxes consisted of:

Current:

Federal

State

Foreign

Total current

Deferred:

Federal

State

Foreign

Total deferred

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

F- 24

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

(In thousands)

$

$

(39,342)   $

422  

(38,920)   $

(33,843)

448

(33,395)

Year Ended December 31,

2019

21.0%

2.7%

(0.8)%

(24.7)%

0.1%

0.2%

0.6%

(0.9)%

2018

21.0%

3.2%

(0.5)%

(25.5)%

0.3%

0.2%

0.9%

(0.4)%

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

(In thousands)

$

$

$

$

(27)   $

59  

39  

71   $

—  

—  

285  

285   $

356   $

(93)

52

44

3

—

—

126

126

129

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SEASPINE HOLDINGS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

The  income  tax  effects  of  significant  temporary  differences  that  give  rise  to  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities,  shown  before  jurisdictional  netting,  are
presented below:

Deferred tax assets:

Doubtful accounts

Inventory related items

Tax credits

Accrued vacation

Accrued bonus

Stock compensation

Net operating loss carryforwards

Intangible and fixed assets

Other

Total deferred tax assets

Less valuation allowance

Deferred tax assets after valuation allowance

Deferred tax liabilities:

Other

Total deferred tax liabilities

Net deferred tax assets

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

(In thousands)

$

27   $

10,508  

319  

369  

1,099  

4,431  

38,149  

10,806  

1,000  

66,708  

(65,576)  

1,132   $

988  

988   $

144   $

$

$

$

212

9,677

229

340

1,192

3,790

30,210

10,611

942

57,203

(55,954)

1,249

817

817

432

At December 31, 2019, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards of $156.3 million for federal and state income tax purposes. The Company also
had net operating loss carryforwards of $0.6 million for foreign income tax purposes. These loss carryforwards begin to expire in 2021 for foreign income tax
purposes  and  in  2027  for  federal  and  state  income  tax  purposes,  and  continue  to  expire  through  2039.  The  Company’s  net  operating  loss  carryforwards
generated after 2017 for federal income tax purposes do not expire. The tax expense recorded for net operating losses, net of valuation allowance, was $0.3
million which relates only to foreign net operating losses.

At December 31, 2018, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards of $122.4 million for federal and state income tax purposes. The Company also
had foreign net operating loss carryforwards of $1.9 million. These tax loss carryforwards begin to expire in 2021 and 2027 for foreign and federal and state
income tax, respectively, and will expire through 2037. The tax benefit recorded for net operating losses, net of valuation allowance, was $0.1 million which
relates only to foreign net operating losses.

The valuation allowance relates to deferred tax assets for certain items that will be deductible for income tax purposes under very limited circumstances and
for  which  the  Company  believes  it  is  not  more  likely  than  not  that  it  will  realize  the  associated  tax  benefit.  However,  in  the  event  that  the  Company
determines that it would be able to realize more or less than the recorded amount of net deferred tax assets, an adjustment to the deferred tax asset valuation
allowance would be recorded in the period such a determination is made. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it
is more-likely-than-not that some portion of all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon
the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled
reversal of deferred tax liabilities (including the impact of available carryback and carryforward periods), projected future taxable income, and tax planning
strategies in making this assessment. Based upon the levels of historical taxable income, projections of future taxable income and the reversal of deferred tax
liabilities over the periods in which the deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes it is more-likely-than-not that the Company will realize the
benefits  of  these  deductible  differences,  net  of  the  existing  valuation  allowance.  The  amount  of  deferred  tax  asset  considered  realizable,  however,  could
change in the near term if estimates which require significant judgment of future taxable income during the carryforward period are increased or decreased.

F- 25

 
 
 
 
 
 
SEASPINE HOLDINGS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

The Company is not subject to the one-time transition tax on accumulated foreign earnings or the GILTI provisions enacted by the Tax Act because the
Company's foreign operations have been included in its U.S. tax filings pursuant to an election to disregard its foreign entity for federal income tax purposes.

A reconciliation of the Company’s uncertain tax benefits is as follows:

Balance, beginning of year

Gross increases:

Prior years’ tax positions

Additions to tax positions in prior years due to spin-off

Current year tax positions

Gross decreases:

Settlements

Statute of limitations lapses

Balance, end of year

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

(In thousands)
255   $

15  

—  

75  

—  

(26)  

319   $

277

1

—

71

—

(94)

255

$

$

The Company recognizes interest and penalties relating to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. The amounts recorded in 2019 and 2018 were not
significant.

The Company files income tax returns as prescribed by tax laws of the jurisdictions in which it operates. In the normal course of business, the Company is
subject to examination by federal, state, local and foreign jurisdictions where applicable based on the statute of limitations that apply in each jurisdiction. The
Company has no open tax audits with any taxing authority as of December 31, 2019. The Company is still subject to income tax examinations by U.S. federal
and state tax authorities for the years 2015 through 2019. Open years for foreign jurisdictions are from 2014 through 2019. However, to the extent allowed by
law, the tax authorities may have the right to examine prior periods where net operating losses were generated and carried forward, and make adjustments up
to the amount of the net operating loss carryforward amount.

9. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

In  consideration  for  certain  technology,  manufacturing,  distribution,  and  selling  rights  and  licenses  granted  to  the  Company,  the  Company  agreed  to  pay
royalties on sales of certain products sold by the Company. Except for the royalties paid to NLT, the royalties the Company paid are included as a component
of cost of goods sold in the consolidated statements of operations.

The Company is subject to various legal proceedings in the ordinary course of its business with respect to its products, its current or former employees, and its
commercial relationships, some of which have been settled by the Company. In the opinion of management, such proceedings are either adequately covered
by insurance or otherwise indemnified, or are not expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a material adverse effect on the Company's financial
condition. However, it is possible that the Company's results of operations, financial position and cash flows in a particular period could be materially affected
by these contingencies.

The Company accrues for loss contingencies when it is deemed probable that a loss has been incurred and that loss is estimable. The amounts accrued are
based on the full amount of the estimated loss before considering insurance proceeds, and do not include an estimate for legal fees expected to be incurred in
connection  with  the  loss  contingency.  While  uncertainty  exists,  the  Company  does  not  believe  there  are  any  pending  legal  proceedings  that  would  have  a
material impact on the Company’s financial position, cash flows or results of operations.

10. SEGMENT AND GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

Management assessed its segment reporting based on how it internally manages and reports the results of its business to its chief operating decision maker.
Management reviews financial results, manages the business and allocates resources on an aggregate

F- 26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SEASPINE HOLDINGS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

basis. Therefore, financial results are reported in a single operating segment: the development, manufacture and marketing of orthobiologics and of spinal
implants. The Company reports revenue in two product categories: orthobiologics and spinal implants. Orthobiologics products consist of a broad range of
advanced and traditional bone graft substitutes that are designed to improve bone fusion rates following surgery. The spinal implants portfolio consists of an
extensive  line  of  products  for  minimally  invasive  surgery,  complex  spine,  deformity  and  degenerative  procedures.  The  Company  attributes  revenues  to
geographic areas based on the location of the customer.

The following table disaggregates revenue by major sales channel for each of the periods presented (in thousands):

Orthobiologics

Spinal implants

Total revenue, net

Orthobiologics

Spinal implants

Total revenue, net

Year Ended December 31, 2019

United States

International

(In thousands)

Total

73,543 $

68,308 $

141,851 $

7,756 $

9,476

17,232 $

Year Ended December 31, 2018

United States

International

(In thousands)

Total

67,363 $

60,520 $

127,883 $

7,976 $

7,584 $

15,560 $

81,299

77,784

159,083

75,339

68,104

143,443

$

$

$

$

$

$

11. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN

The Company has a defined contribution savings plan under section 401(k) of the IRC. The plan covers substantially all employees. The Company matches
employee contributions made to the plan according to a specified formula. The Company’s matching contributions totaled approximately $0.6 million and
$0.7 million for the years ended 2019 and 2018, respectively.

12. SELECTED QUARTERLY INFORMATION - UNAUDITED

Total revenue, net:

2019

2018

Gross profit:

2019

2018

Net loss:

2019

2018

Basic/diluted net loss per common share(1):

2019

2018

First Quarter

Second Quarter

Third Quarter

Fourth Quarter

(In thousands, except per share data)

$

$

$

$

36,150   $

33,175  

22,571   $

20,996  

(8,989)   $

(7,105)  

(0.48)   $

(0.50)  

39,306   $

36,409  

24,989   $

21,849  

(12,036)   $

(7,361)  

(0.64)   $

(0.50)  

39,888   $

35,834  

25,481   $

21,587  

(9,663)   $

(9,532)  

(0.51)   $

(0.65)  

43,739

38,025

28,063

23,042

(8,588)

(9,526)

(0.45)

(0.53)

(1) Per common share amounts for the quarters and full years have been calculated separately. Accordingly, quarterly amounts
do not necessarily add to the annual amount because of differences in the weighted average common shares outstanding during each period principally due to
the effect of the Company’s issuing or canceled shares of its common stock during the year.

F- 27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
SEASPINE HOLDINGS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

13. SUBSEQUENT EVENT

In January 2020, the Company entered into an Underwriting Agreement with Piper Sandler & Co. and Canaccord Genuity LLC relating to the issuance and
sale of 6,800,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at a price to the public of $12.50 per share, before underwriting discounts and commissions. Under
the terms of that agreement, the Company granted the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days, to purchase up to an additional 1,020,000 shares of
common  stock.  The  underwriters  exercised  this  option  and  the  offering  closed  on  January  10,  2020  with  the  sale  of  7,820,000  shares  of  common  stock,
resulting in net proceeds to the Company of approximately $91.5 million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering
expenses payable by the Company. The offering was made pursuant to the Company’s shelf registration statement on Form S-3 that was declared effective on
May 22, 2019.

F- 28

SCHEDULE II — VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

Description

Balance at Beginning
of Period

Charged to Costs
and Expenses

Charged to Other
Accounts

  Additions/Deductions  

Balance at End of
Period

Year ended December 31, 2019:

Allowance for doubtful accounts and other credits

Inventory Reserves

Deferred tax asset valuation allowance

Year ended December 31, 2018:

Allowance for doubtful accounts and sales returns and other
credits

Inventory Reserves

Deferred tax asset valuation allowance

$

$

$

850   $

29,309  

55,954  

466   $

27,071   $

47,433  

F- 29

(In thousands)

20   $

(417)   $

(342)   $

4,747  

9,622  

21   $

4,686   $

8,521  

—  

—  

—   $

—   $

—  

(1,819)  

—  

363   $

(2,448)   $

—  

111

32,237

65,576

850

29,309

55,954

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
EXHIBIT 4.4

DESCRIPTION OF THE REGISTRANT’S SECURITIES

REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12 OF THE

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

As of February 21, 2020, SeaSpine Holdings Corporation (the "Company," "we," "our" and "us") had one classes of securities registered under
Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”): common stock, $0.01 par value per share (“common stock”).

General
The following is a brief description of the rights of our common stock. The description is qualified in its entirety by reference to, and should be
read in conjunction with, our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation ("Certificate"), our Amended and Restated Bylaws ("Bylaws"),
and the applicable provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the "DGCL"). Our Certificate and Bylaws are filed as exhibits to the
Annual Report on Form 10-K of which this exhibit is a part. The Annual Report is filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and
is publicly available. We encourage you to read our Certificate, our Bylaws and the applicable provisions of the DGCL for additional information.

Authorized Capital
We are authorized to issue up to 60,000,000 shares of common stock and up to 15,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value per
share (the “preferred stock”). As of February 21, 2020, no shares of Preferred Stock are outstanding.

The issued and outstanding shares of common stock are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

Rights of Holders of our Common Stock
Dividend Rights. Subject to preferences that may apply to any then outstanding preferred stock, holders of our common stock are entitled to
receive dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors out of legally available funds.

Voting Rights. Each holder of our common stock is entitled to one vote for each share on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders,
including the election of directors. Our stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors.

Liquidation Rights. In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of our common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the
net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities and the satisfaction of any
liquidation preference granted to the holders of any then outstanding shares of preferred stock.

No Preemptive Rights. Holders of our common stock have no preemptive, conversion, subscription or other rights, and there are no redemption
or sinking fund provisions applicable to our common stock.

Rights of Preferred Stock May be Senior to Rights of Common Stock. Our board of directors has the authority, without further action by our
stockholders, to issue up to 15,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and
restrictions thereof. These rights, preferences and privileges could include dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption,
and liquidation preferences, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of the holders of our common stock.

Anti-Takeover Effect Provisions
Certain provisions in our Certificate and in our Bylaws may have an anti-takeover effect, including:

Classified Board. We have a classified board of directors with three-year staggered terms, which may delay the ability of stockholders

to change the membership of a majority of our board of directors.

No Cumulative Voting. Our stockholders cannot cumulate their votes in the election of directors, which limits the ability of minority

stockholders to elect director candidates.

Filling of Vacancies. Our board of directors have the exclusive right to elect a director to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of our

board of directors or by the resignation, death or removal of a director, which prevents stockholders from filling vacancies on our board of
directors.

Removing Directors. A director may be removed only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power

of all the then-outstanding shares of voting stock entitled to vote at an election of directors in accordance with the DGCL, our Certificate and
our Bylaws.

Prohibition on Written Consent. Our stockholders are prohibited from acting by written consent, which forces stockholder action to be

taken at an annual or special meeting of our stockholders.

Calling Special Meetings. Special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by the chairman of our board of directors, our chief

executive officer, our president (in absence of a chief executive officer) or our board of directors, which may delay the ability of our stockholders
to force consideration of a proposal or to take action, including the removal of directors.

Advance Notice Procedures. Stockholders must comply with the advance notice procedures in our Bylaws to nominate candidates to
our board of directors and to propose matters to be acted upon at a stockholders’ meeting, which may discourage or deter a potential acquirer
from soliciting proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us;

Supermajority Provisions. The affirmative vote of holders of at least 66 2⁄3% of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of
our voting stock, voting together as a single class, is required to amend or repeal the provisions of our Certificate and of our Bylaws that relate
to the matters described above, which may inhibit the ability of an acquirer from amending our Certificate or our Bylaws to facilitate a hostile
acquisition.

Bylaw Amendments. Our board of directors, by majority vote, may amend our Bylaws, which may allow our board of directors to take

additional actions to prevent a hostile acquisition and inhibit the ability of an acquirer from amending our amended and restated bylaws to
facilitate a hostile acquisition.

Preferred Stock. Our board of directors can determine to issue shares of preferred stock and to determine the price and other terms of

those shares, including preferences and voting rights, without stockholder approval, which could significantly dilute the ownership of a hostile
acquirer.

Additional Authorized Shares of Capital Stock. The shares of authorized common stock and preferred stock available for issuance

under our Certificate could be issued at such times, under such circumstances, and with such terms as to impede a change in control.

In addition, we are subject to Section 203 of the DGCL, which, subject to certain exceptions, prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in
any “business combination” with any “interested stockholder” for three years following the date that such stockholder became an interested
stockholder, unless: (i) before such date, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction
that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder; (ii) on consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder
becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the
time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the number of shares outstanding those shares owned (a) by persons
who are directors and also officers and (b) by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine
confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or (iii) on or after such date, the business
combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent,
by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2⁄3% of the outstanding voting stock not owned by the interested stockholder.

The term "business combination" generally includes mergers or consolidations resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. The
term "interested stockholder" generally means any person, other than the corporation and any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of
the corporation, who, together

A-2

with affiliates and associates, owns (or owned within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status) 15% or more of the
outstanding voting stock of the corporation.

Exclusive Forum
Our Certificate provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of
Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for: (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; (ii) any action asserting a
claim of breach of fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees or our stockholders; (iii) any action asserting a claim
arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws; or (iv)
any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Our Certificate also provides that any person or entity purchasing or
acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions described
above.

Dissenters' Rights of Appraisal and Payment
Under the DGCL, with certain exceptions, our stockholders have appraisal rights in connection with a merger or consolidation of the Company.
Under the DGCL, stockholders who properly request and perfect appraisal rights in connection with such merger or consolidation will have the
right to receive payment of the fair value of their shares as determined by the Delaware Court of Chancery.

Listing
The Common Stock is listed on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “SPNE.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar
The transfer agent and registrar for the Common Stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC.

A-3

SEASPINE HOLDINGS CORPORATION

2015 INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD GRANT NOTICE AND 
RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT

EXHIBIT 10.12(i)

SeaSpine  Holdings  Corporation,  a  Delaware  corporation  (the  “Company”),  pursuant  to  its  2015  Incentive  Award  Plan  (as  may  be
amended and/or restated from time to time, the “Plan”), hereby grants to the individual listed below (the “Participant”), an award of restricted
stock units (“Restricted Stock Units” or “RSUs”)  with  respect  to  the  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock,  par  value  $0.01  per  share,  of  the
Company (the “Shares”), set forth below. This Restricted Stock Unit award (the “Award”) is subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth
herein  and  in  the  Restricted  Stock  Unit  Award  Agreement  attached  hereto  as  Exhibit  A  (the  “Agreement”)  and  the  Plan,  each  of  which  is
incorporated herein by reference. Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this
Restricted Stock Unit Award Grant Notice (this “Grant Notice”) and the Agreement.

Participant:

Grant Date:

Number of Restricted Stock Units:

[_____]

[_____]

Distribution Schedule:
Vesting Schedule:

[_____]
Subject to the terms of the Agreement, the RSUs shall be distributable in accordance with Section
2.1 of the Agreement.
Subject  to  the  terms  of  the  Agreement,  the  RSUs  shall  vest  [_____________],  provided  that
Participant does not experience a Termination of Service prior to each such vesting date. For clarity,
in addition to the foregoing, if a Change in Control occurs, the RSUs shall be subject to accelerated
vesting as provided in Section 12.2(d)(ii) and (iii) of the Plan.

By his or her signature below, Participant agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Agreement and this Grant
Notice. Participant has reviewed the Agreement, the Plan and this Grant Notice in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of
counsel prior to executing this Grant Notice and fully understands all provisions of this Grant Notice, the Agreement and the Plan. Participant
hereby  agrees  to  accept  as  binding,  conclusive  and  final  all  decisions  and/or  interpretations  of  the  Administrator  upon  any  questions  arising
under the Plan or relating to the Award.

SEASPINE HOLDINGS CORPORATION

PARTICIPANT

By:
Print Name:
Title:
Address:

5770 Armada Dr.

Carlsbad, CA 92008

By:
Print Name:
Address:

Email:

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT A

TO RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD GRANT NOTICE

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT

Pursuant to the Restricted Stock Unit Award Grant Notice (the “Grant Notice”) to which this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (this
“Agreement”) is attached, SeaSpine Holdings Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), has granted to Participant the number of
Restricted Stock Units under the Company’s 2015 Incentive Award Plan (as amended from time to time, the “Plan”)  indicated  in  the  Grant
Notice.

ARTICLE I.

GENERAL

1.1     Incorporation of Terms of Plan. The Award is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which are incorporated herein by

reference. In the event of any inconsistency between the Plan and this Agreement, the terms of the Plan shall control.

1.2     Defined Terms. Capitalized terms not specifically defined herein shall have the meanings specified in the Plan and the Grant

Notice.

ARTICLE II.

AWARD OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

2.1     Award of Restricted Stock Units.

(a)

Award. In consideration of Participant’s continued employment or service with the Company or any Affiliate thereof
and  for  other  good  and  valuable  consideration,  which  the  Company  has  determined  exceeds  the  par  value  of  the  Shares  to  be  issued  upon
settlement of the RSUs, the Company hereby grants to Participant the number of RSUs set forth in the Grant Notice, subject to all of the terms
and  conditions  set  forth  in  this  Agreement,  the  Grant  Notice  and  the  Plan.  Prior  to  actual  issuance  of  any  Shares,  the  RSUs  and  the  Award
represent an unsecured obligation of the Company, payable only from the general assets of the Company.

(b)

Vesting. The RSUs subject to the Award shall vest in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Grant
Notice. Unless and until the RSUs have vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Grant Notice, Participant will have no
right to any distribution with respect to such RSUs. Unless otherwise provided in the Grant Notice, in the event of Participant’s Termination of
Service prior to the vesting of all of the RSUs, any unvested RSUs will terminate automatically without any further action by the Company and
be forfeited without further notice and at no cost to the Company.

(c)

Distribution of RSUs.

respect to Participant’s vested RSUs within sixty (60) days following the

(i)

Shares  shall  be  distributed  to  Participant  (or  in  the  event  of  Participant’s  death,  to  his  or  her  estate)  with

A-1

date on which such RSUs vest as specified in the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Grant Notice, subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan
and this Agreement.

(ii)

All distributions of the RSUs shall be made by the Company in the form of whole shares of Common Stock.

(iii)    Neither the time nor form of distribution of Shares with respect to the RSUs may be changed, except as may be permitted

by the Administrator in accordance with the Plan and Section 409A of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.

(d)

Generally.  Shares  issued  under  the  Award  shall  be  issued  to  Participant  or  Participant’s  beneficiaries,  as  the  case
may be, at the sole discretion of the Administrator, in either (i) uncertificated form, with the Shares recorded in the name of Participant in the
books and records of the Company’s transfer agent with appropriate notations regarding the restrictions on transfer imposed pursuant to this
Agreement; or (ii) certificate form. In no event will fractional shares be issued upon settlement of the Award. In lieu of any fractional Share, the
Company shall make a cash payment to Participant equal to the Fair Market Value of such fractional Share on the date the RSUs are settled
pursuant to this Section 2.1.

2.2     Tax Withholding. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement (including, without limitation, Section 2.1(b) hereof):

(a)     The Company shall not be obligated to deliver any certificate representing Shares issuable with respect to the RSUs to
Participant or his or her legal representative unless and until Participant or his or her legal representative shall have paid or otherwise satisfied
in full the amount of all federal, state, local and foreign taxes (including Participant’s social security, Medicare and any other employment tax
obligation) required by Applicable Law to be withheld with respect to the taxable income of Participant resulting from the grant or vesting of
the RSUs, the distribution of the Shares issuable with respect thereto, or any other taxable event related to the RSUs (the “Tax  Withholding
Obligation”).

(b)     To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, the Company and its Affiliates have the authority and the right to
deduct  or  withhold,  or  require  Participant  to  remit  to  the  Company  or  an  Affiliate,  an  amount  sufficient  to  satisfy  the  Tax  Withholding
Obligation with respect to any taxable event arising from the vesting of the RSUs or the receipt of the Shares upon settlement of the RSUs.
Participant  may  satisfy  the  Tax  Withholding  Obligation  by  delivering  to  the  Company  an  amount  sufficient  to  satisfy  the  Tax  Withholding
Obligation in one or more of the forms specified below:

(i)     Cash or check;

(ii)          Delivery  of  a  written  or  electronic  notice  that  Participant  has  placed  a  market  sell  order  with  a  broker  with
respect to Shares then issuable upon settlement of the RSUs, and that the broker has been directed to pay a sufficient portion of the net proceeds
of the sale to the Company in satisfaction of the aggregate Tax Withholding Obligation; provided, that payment of such proceeds is then made
to the Company upon settlement of such sale;

(iii)     With the consent of the Administrator, surrender of other Shares which have been held by Participant for such
period of time as may be required by the Administrator in order to avoid adverse accounting consequences and having a Fair Market Value on
the date of surrender equal to the Tax Withholding Obligation (based on the minimum statutory withholding rates for federal, state, local and
foreign income tax and payroll tax purposes as of the date of delivery (or such higher rate as may be determined

A-2

            
by the Administrator, which higher rate may not exceed the maximum individual statutory tax rate in the applicable jurisdiction at the time of
such withholding (or such other rate as may be required to avoid the liability classification of the applicable award under generally accepted
accounting principles in the United States of America), provided, that, such Shares shall be rounded up to the nearest whole Share to the extent
rounding up to the nearest whole share does not result in the liability classification of the applicable Award under generally accepted accounting
principles in the United States of America));

(iv)    With the consent of the Administrator, surrender of Shares issuable upon settlement of the RSUs having a Fair
Market Value on the date of settlement equal to the Tax Withholding Obligation (based on the minimum statutory withholding rates for federal,
state,  local  and  foreign  income  tax  and  payroll  tax  purposes  as  of  the  date  of  delivery  (or  such  higher  rate  as  may  be  determined  by  the
Administrator, which higher rate may not exceed the maximum individual statutory tax rate in the applicable jurisdiction at the time of such
withholding  (or  such  other  rate  as  may  be  required  to  avoid  the  liability  classification  of  the  applicable  award  under  generally  accepted
accounting principles in the United States of America), provided, that, such Shares shall be rounded up to the nearest whole Share to the extent
rounding up to the nearest whole share does not result in the liability classification of the applicable Award under generally accepted accounting
principles in the United States of America)); or

Administrator.

(v)          With  the  consent  of  the  Administrator,  such  other  form  of  legal  consideration  as  may  be  acceptable  to  the

(c)     In the event Participant fails to elect to provide timely payment of all sums required pursuant to Section 2.2(a) prior to
the time the Tax Withholding Obligation arises pursuant to one of the permitted payment forms specified in Section 2.2(b), the Company shall
have the right and option, but not the obligation, to treat such failure as an election by Participant to satisfy all or any portion of Participant’s
Tax Withholding Obligation pursuant to Section 2.2(b)(iv) above. If the Participant is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act at the time the
Tax  Withholding  Obligation  arises,  the  prior  approval  of  the  Administrator  shall  be  required  for  any  election  by  the  Company  pursuant  to
Section 2.2(b)(iv) above pursuant to this Section 2.2(c).

(d)     In the event of any broker-assisted sale of Shares in connection with the payment of withholding taxes as provided in
Section 2(b)(ii) or Section 2(c): (i) any Shares to be sold through a broker-assisted sale will be sold on the day the Tax Withholding Obligation
arises, or as soon thereafter as practicable; (ii) such Shares may be sold as part of a block trade with other participants in the Plan in which all
participants receive an average price; (iii) Participant will be responsible for all broker’s fees and other costs of sale, and Participant agrees to
indemnify and hold the Company and its Affiliates harmless from any losses, costs, damages, or expenses relating to any such sale; (iv) to the
extent the proceeds of such sale exceed the Tax Withholding Obligation, the Company agrees to pay such excess in cash to Participant as soon
as reasonably practicable; (v) Participant acknowledges that the Company or its designee and any broker is under no obligation to arrange for
such sale at any particular price, and that the proceeds of any such sale may not be sufficient to satisfy the Tax Withholding Obligation; and (vi)
in the event the proceeds of such sale are insufficient to satisfy the Tax Withholding Obligation, Participant agrees to pay immediately upon
demand  to  the  Company  or  its  Affiliates  with  respect  to  which  the  Tax  Withholding  Obligation  arises,  an  amount  sufficient  to  satisfy  any
remaining portion of the Company’s or the applicable Affiliate’s Tax Withholding Obligation.

(e)    In the event any Tax Withholding Obligation arising in connection with the RSUs will be satisfied under Section 2.2(b)
(iv) or Section 2(c) above, then, unless the Participant is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act at the time the Tax Withholding Obligation
arises (in which case the approval

A-3

of the Administrator shall be required for any election by the Company pursuant to this Section 2.2(e)), the Company may elect to instruct any
brokerage firm determined acceptable to the Company for such purpose to sell on the Participant’s behalf a whole number of shares from those
Shares  that  are  issuable  upon  settlement  of  the  RSUs  as  the  Company  determines  to  be  appropriate  to  generate  cash  proceeds  sufficient  to
satisfy the Tax Withholding Obligation (based on the minimum statutory withholding rates for federal, state, local and foreign income tax and
payroll  tax  purposes  as  of  the  date  of  delivery  (or  such  higher  rate  as  may  be  determined  by  the  Administrator,  which  higher  rate  may  not
exceed the maximum individual statutory tax rate in the applicable jurisdiction at the time of such withholding (or such other rate as may be
required  to  avoid  the  liability  classification  of  the  applicable  award  under  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  in  the  United  States  of
America), provided, that, such Shares shall be rounded up to the nearest whole Share to the extent rounding up to the nearest whole share does
not result in the liability classification of the applicable Award under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America))
and  to  remit  the  proceeds  of  such  sale  to  the  Company  or  the  Affiliate  with  respect  to  which  the  Tax  Withholding  Obligation  arises.  The
Participant’s  acceptance  of  the  RSUs  constitutes  the  Participant’s  instruction  and  authorization  to  the  Company  and  such  brokerage  firm  to
complete  the  transactions  described  in  this  Section  2.2(e),  including  the  transactions  described  in  the  previous  sentence,  as  applicable.
Participant hereby appoints the Company as Participant’s agent and attorney-in-fact to instruct such brokerage firm with respect to the number
of Shares to be sold under this Section 2.2(e).

ARTICLE III.

RESTRICTIONS

3.1        Award  Not  Transferable.  Without  limiting  the  generality  of  any  other  provision  hereof,  the  Award  shall  be  subject  to  the

restrictions on transferability set forth in Section 10.3 of the Plan.

3.2    Rights as Stockholder. Neither Participant nor any person claiming under or through Participant shall have any of the rights or
privileges  of  a  stockholder  of  the  Company,  including,  without  limitation,  voting  rights  and  rights  to  dividends,  in  respect  of  any  Shares
issuable hereunder unless and until such Shares shall have been issued by the Company to such holder (as evidenced by the appropriate entry
on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right
for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 12.2 of the Plan.

3.3     Forfeiture and Claw-Back Provisions. Participant hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Award is subject to the provisions of

Section 10.5 of the Plan.

ARTICLE IV.

OTHER PROVISIONS

4.1     Administration. The Administrator shall have the power to interpret the Plan and this Agreement as provided in the Plan. All
interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith shall be final and binding upon Participant, the Company and all
other interested persons.

A-4

4.2     Adjustments. Participant acknowledges that the Award is subject to modification and termination in certain events as provided in

this Agreement and Article 12 of the Plan.

4.3        Tax Consultation.  Participant  understands  that  the  Participant  may  suffer  adverse  tax  consequences  as  a  result  of  the
grant, vesting and/or settlement of the Award, and/or with the disposition of the Shares issuable pursuant to the Award. Participant
represents  that  Participant  has  consulted  with  any  tax  consultants  Participant  deems  advisable  in  connection  with  the  purchase  or
disposition of such shares and that Participant is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

4.4        Amendment,  Suspension  and  Termination.  To  the  extent  permitted  by  the  Plan,  this  Agreement  may  be  wholly  or  partially
amended  or  otherwise  modified,  suspended  or  terminated  at  any  time  or  from  time  to  time  by  the  Administrator  or  the  Board;  provided,
however, that, except as may otherwise be provided by the Plan, no amendment, modification, suspension or termination of this Agreement
shall adversely affect the Award in any material way without the prior written consent of Participant.

4.5          Not  a  Contract  of  Service  Relationship. Nothing  in  this  Agreement  or  in  the  Plan  shall  confer  upon  Participant  any  right  to
continue to serve as an Employee, Director, Consultant or other service provider of the Company or any of its Affiliates or shall interfere with
or restrict in any way the rights of the Company and its Affiliates, which rights are hereby expressly reserved, to discharge or terminate the
services of Participant at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without Cause, except to the extent expressly provided otherwise in a
written agreement between the Company or an Affiliate and Participant.

4.6     Limitations Applicable to Section 16 Persons. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or this Agreement, if Participant
is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, then the Plan, the Award and this Agreement shall be subject to any additional limitations set forth
in any applicable exemptive rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including any amendment to Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act) that are
requirements for the application of such exemptive rule. To the extent permitted by applicable law, this Agreement shall be deemed amended to
the extent necessary to conform to such applicable exemptive rule.

4.7    Conformity to Securities Laws. Participant acknowledges that the Plan and this Agreement are intended to conform to the extent
necessary with all provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, and any and all regulations and rules promulgated by the Securities
and Exchange Commission thereunder, as well as all applicable state securities laws and regulations. Notwithstanding anything herein to the
contrary, the Plan shall be administered, and the Award is granted only in such a manner as to conform to such laws, rules and regulations. To
the extent permitted by applicable law, the Plan and this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such laws,
rules and regulations.

4.8     Limitation on Participant’s Rights. Participation  in  the  Plan  confers  no  rights  or  interests  other  than  as  herein  provided.  This
Agreement creates only a contractual obligation on the part of the Company as to amounts payable and shall not be construed as creating a
trust. The Plan, in and of itself, has no assets. Participant shall have only the rights of a general unsecured creditor of the Company and its
Affiliates with respect to amounts credited and benefits payable, if any, with respect to Award, and rights no greater than the right to receive the
Shares as a general unsecured creditor with respect to the Award, as and when payable hereunder.

4.9    Successors and Assigns. The Company or any Affiliate may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to single or multiple
assignees,  and  this  Agreement  shall  inure  to  the  benefit  of  the  successors  and  assigns  of  the  Company  and  its  Affiliates.  Subject  to  the
restrictions on transfer set forth in this Agreement,

A-5

this Agreement shall be binding upon Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

4.10    Entire Agreement. The Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement (including all Exhibits thereto, if any) constitute the entire
agreement of the parties and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and its Affiliates and Participant
with respect to the subject matter hereof.

4.11    Notices. Any notice to be given under the terms of this Agreement to the Company shall be addressed to the Company in care of
the Secretary of the Company at the Company’s principal office, and any notice to be given to Participant shall be addressed to Participant at
Participant’s  last  address  reflected  on  the  Company’s  records.  Any  notice  shall  be  deemed  duly  given  when  sent  via  email  or  when  sent  by
reputable overnight courier or by certified mail (return receipt requested) through the United States Postal Service.

4.12     Governing Law. The laws of the State of Delaware shall govern the interpretation, validity, administration, enforcement and

performance of the terms of this Agreement regardless of the law that might be applied under principles of conflicts of laws.

4.13    Titles. Titles are provided herein for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this

Agreement.

4.14    Counterparts. The  Grant  Notice  may  be  executed  in  one  or  more  counterparts,  including  by  way  of  any  electronic  signature,

subject to Applicable Law, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

4.15    Paperless Administration. By accepting this Award, Participant hereby agrees to receive documentation related to the Award by
electronic  delivery,  such  as  a  system  using  an  internet  website  or  interactive  voice  response,  maintained  by  the  Company  or  a  third  party
designated by the Company.

4.16     Section 409A.

(a)    Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, this Agreement or the Grant Notice, the Plan, this Agreement and the
Grant Notice shall be interpreted in accordance with, and incorporate the terms and conditions required by, Section 409A of the Code (together
with  any  Treasury  Regulations  and  other  interpretive  guidance  issued  thereunder,  including  without  limitation  any  such  regulations  or  other
guidance that may be issued after the Grant Date, “Section 409A”). The Administrator may, in its discretion, adopt such amendments to the
Plan,  this  Agreement  or  the  Grant  Notice  or  adopt  other  policies  and  procedures  (including  amendments,  policies  and  procedures  with
retroactive effect), or take any other actions, as the Administrator determines are necessary or appropriate to comply with the requirements of
Section 409A.

(b)     This Agreement is not intended to provide for any deferral of compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code, and,
accordingly, the Shares issuable pursuant to the RSUs shall be distributed to Participant no later than the later of: (i) the fifteenth (15th) day of
the third month following Participant’s first taxable year in which such RSUs are no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, and (ii) the
fifteenth (15th) day of the third month following first taxable year of the Company in which such RSUs are no longer subject to substantial risk
of forfeiture, as determined in accordance with Section 409A and any Treasury Regulations and other guidance issued thereunder.

A-6

(c)     For purposes of Section 409A of the Code (including, without limitation, for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section
1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii)), each payment that Participant may be eligible to receive under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate and distinct
payment.

A-7

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement (Nos. 333-230047, 333-216450, and 333-213089) on Form S-3 and the
Registration Statement (Nos. 333-205334, 333-211887, 333-216448, 333-223435, 333-225291, 333-226046, and 333-228217) on Form S-8 of SeaSpine
Holdings Corporation of our report dated February 28, 2019, relating to the consolidated financial statements and the financial statement schedule of
SeaSpine Holdings Corporation, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of SeaSpine Holdings Corporation for the year ended December 31, 2019.  

/s/ RSM US LLP
Los Angeles, California
February 28, 2020

I, Keith C. Valentine, certify that:

Certification of Principal Executive Officer

Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

Exhibit 31.1

1.

2.

3.

4.

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

5.

(a)

(b)

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of SeaSpine Holdings Corporation;

Based  on  my  knowledge,  this  report  does  not  contain  any  untrue  statement  of  a  material  fact  or  omit  to  state  a  material  fact
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with
respect to the period covered by this report;

Based  on  my  knowledge,  the  financial  statements,  and  other  financial  information  included  in  this  report,  fairly  present  in  all
material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in
this report;

The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act
Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and we have:

Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  to  be  designed
under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its  consolidated
subsidiaries,  is  made  known  to  us  by  others  within  those  entities,  particularly  during  the  period  in  which  this  report  is
being prepared;

Designed  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  to  be
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

Evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant's  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in  this  report  our
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this
report based on such evaluation; and

Disclosed  in  this  report  any  change  in  the  registrant's  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  that  occurred  during  the
registrant's  most  recent  fiscal  quarter  (the  registrant's  fourth  fiscal  quarter  in  the  case  of  an  annual  report)  that  has
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting;
and

The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial
reporting,  to  the  registrant's  auditors  and  the  audit  committee  of  the  registrant's  board  of  directors  (or  persons  performing  the
equivalent functions):

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting
which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial
information; and

Any  fraud,  whether  or  not  material,  that  involves  management  or  other  employees  who  have  a  significant  role  in  the
registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 28, 2020

/s/ Keith C. Valentine

Keith C. Valentine

Chief Executive Officer

 
 
 
 
 
Certification of Principal Financial Officer

Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

Exhibit 31.2

I, John J. Bostjancic, certify that:

1.

2.

3.

4.

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

5.

(a)

(b)

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of SeaSpine Holdings Corporation;

Based  on  my  knowledge,  this  report  does  not  contain  any  untrue  statement  of  a  material  fact  or  omit  to  state  a  material  fact
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with
respect to the period covered by this report;

Based  on  my  knowledge,  the  financial  statements,  and  other  financial  information  included  in  this  report,  fairly  present  in  all
material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in
this report;

The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act
Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and we have:

Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  to  be  designed
under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its  consolidated
subsidiaries,  is  made  known  to  us  by  others  within  those  entities,  particularly  during  the  period  in  which  this  report  is
being prepared;

Designed  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  to  be
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

Evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant's  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in  this  report  our
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this
report based on such evaluation; and

Disclosed  in  this  report  any  change  in  the  registrant's  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  that  occurred  during  the
registrant's  most  recent  fiscal  quarter  (the  registrant's  fourth  fiscal  quarter  in  the  case  of  an  annual  report)  that  has
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting;
and

The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial
reporting,  to  the  registrant's  auditors  and  the  audit  committee  of  the  registrant's  board  of  directors  (or  persons  performing  the
equivalent functions):

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting
which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial
information; and

Any  fraud,  whether  or  not  material,  that  involves  management  or  other  employees  who  have  a  significant  role  in  the
registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date:

February 28, 2020

/s/ John J. Bostjancic

John J. Bostjancic

Chief Financial Officer

 
 
 
 
Certification of Principal Executive Officer

Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

Exhibit 32.1

I, Keith C. Valentine, President and Chief Executive Officer of SeaSpine Holdings Corporation (the “Company”), hereby certify that, to my knowledge:

1.

2.

The Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2019 (the “Report”) fully complies with the
requirement of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of
the Company.

Date:

February 28, 2020

/s/ Keith C. Valentine

Keith C. Valentine

Chief Executive Officer

 
 
 
 
 
Certification of Principal Financial Officer

Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

Exhibit 32.2

I,  John  J.  Bostjancic,  Senior  Vice  President  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  of  SeaSpine  Holdings  Corporation  (the  “Company”),  hereby  certify  that,  to  my

knowledge:

1.

2.

The Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2019 (the “Report”) fully complies with the
requirement of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of
the Company.

Date:

February 28, 2020

/s/ John J. Bostjancic

John J. Bostjancic

Chief Financial Officer